TOURISM MANAGEMENT PLAN

2015 Plan Update

Charleston,

TOURISM MANAGEMENT PLAN 2015 PLAN UPDATE Adopted 2015

LETTER FROM THE MAYOR

Tourism represents an important facet of the city’s and region’s economy. It provides jobs and economic opportunity for our residents while showcasing our city and its cultural resources to people around the world. It also represents a challenge for our community. We must remain vigilant that tourism does not damage the city’s authenticity and sense of place or negatively impact residents’ quality of life. This requires careful planning and management.

This Tourism Management Plan is an important blueprint identifying the impacts of tourism on downtown Charleston and solutions for its management. I commend the advisory committee and city staff for their tireless and collaborative work over the past year. I also thank the many individuals and community organizations who contributed to the plan by attending meetings and offering their suggestions. The result is an excellent plan that will serve our city well.

Mayor Joseph P. Riley, Jr. City of Charleston March 2015 Tourism Advisory Committee City of Charleston

Kitty Robinson, Chair Helen Hill Planning, Preservation & Clerk of Council/Tourism Sustainability Liz Alston Jane Jilich Vanessa Turner Maybank Tim Keane Carl Borick Kristopher King Davida Allen Yvonne Fortenberry Kathy Britzius Steve Litvin Department of Recreation Amy Southerland Alphonso Brown Louise Maybank Laurie Yarbrough Dan Riccio Betsy Cahill Rick Mosteller Stella Fruit Su Griffin David Compton Vangie Rainsford Police Department Philip Overcash Anne Dabney Charles Rhoden Chief Greg Mullen Ana Harp Angela Drake Mayor Joseph P. Riley, Jr. Sgt. Heath King Logan Elliot, intern Dick Elliott Zoe Ryan Legal Department Office of Cultural Affairs Steve Gates Nancye Starnes Frances Cantwell Scott Watson Lee Gilliard Dennis Stiles Janie Borden Department of Parks Randall Goldman Councilman Keith Waring Traffic and Transportation Jerry Ebeling Jonathan Green Robert Somerville Jason Kronsberg

College of Charleston

Office of Tourism Analysis/Department of Hospitality and Tourism Management Bing Pan

The McNair Group David McNair

A special thanks to Historic Charleston Foundation and the Charleston Museum for meeting room support. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Vision Statement...... 1 Appendices...... 39 Executive Summary...... 3 Overview of Tourism in Charleston...... 41 Background...... 6 Resident Attitudes Towards Tourism Survey...... 75 Planning Process...... 7 Neighborhood Input...... 87 Current Issues...... 9 Quality of Life Report...... 102 Recommendations...... 11 Cruise Ship Recommendations Report...... 104 Tourism Management and Enforcement...... 12 Special Events Ordinance...... 106 Visitor Orientation...... 16 Tourism Management Ordinance...... 110 Quality of Life...... 20 Maps Special Events...... 24 Special Events Map...... 127 Mobility and Transportation...... 28 Tour Maps...... 128 Charleston Standards for ...... 34 Tour Vehicle Chart...... 129 Acronyms...... 37

CONTENTS

A special thanks to Historic Charleston Foundation and the Charleston Museum for meeting room support.

1

The Tourism Advisory Committee will develop objectives and recommenda- tions that address the goal of maintaining the critical and delicate balance between Charleston’s residential quality of life and the tourism economy while preserving Charleston’s authenticity and sense of place, especially its architectural and cultural heritage. VISION STATEMENT 2 3

Charleston’s unmatched array of 18th- Festival and the Cooper River Bridge • Quality of Life and 19th-century architecture and its Run were in their infancy, and the Fort • Special Events harmonious streetscapes have long Sumter tour boats departed from the • Mobility and Transportation been a draw for visitors. In the past foot of King Street. Sixteen years later, four decades, the city has expanded in 1994, the plan underwent revision, The committee proposed three over- its reach through events such as the with another update in 1998. arching recommendations that are Spoleto Festival and Southeastern seen as critical to successful tourism Wildlife Exposition (SEWE), as well as a Since 1998, boosted by publicity management in Charleston: newly vibrant culinary scene. Twenty around national rankings, tourism in years ago, there were 3.2 million Charleston has grown exponentially, • the creation of a centralized, visitors to the tri-county area; in 2012, with a 70% increase in visitor count coordinated approach to tourism that number reached an estimated to the city itself. In addition to the management and special events 4.8 million. congestion created by touring • a comprehensive traffic and parking vehicles such as motor coaches and study The first city to adopt a zoning carriages, the docking of cruise ships • an annual public review of tourism ordinance for its historic district in and the proliferation of special events management

1931, Charleston has also been a have posed new challenges. Also, EXECUTIVE SUMMARY pioneer and national leader in tourism each year the City receives a growing Each of the five subcommittees management. The two are intimately number of applications for new , adopted an overall goal and then connected: a flourishing residential , bars, and tourism-related developed strategies and detailed life in the historic neighborhoods is the businesses. recommendations to achieve it. The backbone of the tourism industry and groups also identified time frames thus an important engine of economic Recognizing that the equilibrium and the party/parties responsible for development for the city as a whole. between residential life and tourism implementation. The details can be Protecting Charleston’s identity as a activity was threatened, Mayor found beginning on page 11. The place to live and work is central to the Riley convened a group of residents general recommendations are on the goals of this plan. and industry representatives to following pages. recommend modifications to the Managing tourism is a dynamic existing management plan. Their Implementation and the regular process, requiring periodic recommendations are spread over monitoring of the adopted plan will be modification and adaptation as five principal areas: critical to its success. The full Tourism circumstances change. In 1978, Management Advisory Committee Charleston became the first city in • Tourism Management and will meet six months after the plan is the United States to adopt a tourism Enforcement adopted and will continue to meet management plan; the Spoleto • Visitor Orientation regularly afterwards to review progress. 4

TOURISM MANAGEMENT & VISITOR ORIENTATION QUALITY OF LIFE ENFORCEMENT

Goal Goal Goal To manage and monitor tourism for To make visiting the City of Charleston To sustain a reasonable balance the benefit of residents, industry, and a seamless process between tourism and the quality of life visitors in Charleston’s historic residential neighborhoods

Objectives Objectives Objectives

Reduce and manage congestion, Improve signage throughout the Reduce and manage congestion, especially in peak tourism months Peninsula to ensure that residents and especially in peak tourism months visitors reach their destination easily Construct regulatory mechanisms that Improve information to visitors about can be adhered to by the tourism Identify all parking assets to encourage restroom availability industry and efficiently administered pedestrian traffic and reduce by the City of Charleston congestion Reduce impact of cruise ships on the historic district Update the video shown at the City of Charleston to quickly orient visitors

Update the City of Charleston Visitor Center to encourage additional visitation to the Center EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 5

SPECIAL EVENTS MOBILITY/TRANSPORTATION

Goal Goal To ensure that special events enhance To create a safe, efficient, simple-to- and respect the community use transportation network that serves both residents and visitors throughout the City

Objectives Objectives

Ensure that special events add value Conduct a comprehensive peninsula to Charleston by enhancing the quality mobility/parking study that includes all of life for residents and attendees modes of transportation

Manage special events to reduce Revise parking strategies to provide a impact on neighborhoods to an variety of parking options for residents/ appropriate level visitors on the peninsula EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Ensure that policies, regulations, and Develop transportation wayfinding conditions governing special events apps, guides, and signs that integrate are effective and enforced seamlessly with tourism-related orientation resources Develop a centralized, coordinated, and accountable approach to tourism Increase the use of transportation management and special events modes other than the automobile, (such as bicycling, walking, and public transit) by visitors and residents

Prioritize the level of safety for pedestrians within the multi-modal transportation network

Consider the recommendations of the Peninsula Mobility Report prepared by Gabe Klein 6

Preserving and enhancing the dertook another planning process city’s quality of life amid a vibrant in 1994. Congestion continued to hospitality sector requires careful, top the list of concerns, along with ongoing planning and manage- parking, sanitation, the availability ment. As the first city in the United of public restrooms, and the po- States to adopt a plan for manag- tential “Disneyfication” of Charles- ing the visitor industry, Charleston is ton. The plan established clear an acknowledged leader in tour- goals and objectives for tourism ism management. A brief review management in the areas of long- of the City’s various plans will place range planning, the city’s image, the current recommendations in tourist-related vehicles, and trans- context. portation.

The 1978 plan identified circulation In 1998, an Update to the 1994 plan and parking, sightseeing vehicles, refined the recommendations with and activities within the city parks a strong focus on enforcement, as areas of concern. Major recom- transportation, and maintaining a mendations to emerge from this first healthy resident-tourist balance. study included the residential park- ing permit system, restricted routes The current planning process marks and parking zones for tour , the fourth time that the City has as- park restrictions, the DASH shuttle sembled a group of citizens and system, and the creation of industry representatives to propose carriage routes and restrictions. A ways to mitigate tourism impacts. new management system was put With a growing national promi- in place, guided by a tourism man- nence and the success of ongo- agement ordinance, administered ing tourism promotion efforts, it was by a new tourism management seen as an appropriate and useful office, and overseen by a Tourism time to update and revise exist- Commission. Other key recom- ing planning and management mendations resulting from the 1978 methods. The process by which plan included a new Visitor Center the Tourism Management Advisory and the Waterfront Park. Committee undertook this work is outlined in the next section. After enormous growth in the tour- ism industry in the 1980s, the City un- BACKGROUND 7

In December 2013, Mayor Joseph the course of this year long process, Citizen participation greatly enhanced P. Riley appointed a twenty-seven the committee met frequently both the group’s deliberations. Three member advisory committee to make as a whole and in five different public meetings were held, beginning recommendations for strengthening subcommittees that were established with a Tourism Management forum and updating the City’s tourism on the basis of research and discussion on April 7 2014, where attendees management. Stating that “tourism of the issues. Each subcommittee offered more than 200 questions and serves our city rather than the city identified its major issues, gathered suggestions. On June 12, 2014, a serving it,” he challenged the group to facts, and developed a set of strategies town-hall meeting encouraged further deal productively with the challenges to achieve the goal of balancing the community feedback. On February and complexities of Charleston’s growth of tourism with the protection 2, 2015, the draft recommendations popularity and growth so that it might of residential life. were presented to the public. remain a welcoming and gracious city for residents and visitors alike. Vision Statement Research Guiding the committee’s work The College of Charleston’s Office of Committee Membership was this vision statement: “The Tourism Analysis undertook research The Committee included residents, Tourism Management Advisory and conducted a resident survey to business owners, tourism industry Committee will develop objectives provide the Tourism Management representatives, and members of both and recommendations that address Advisory Committee with background PLANNING PROCESS the Peninsula Advisory Commission the goal of maintaining the critical information. and the Tourism Commission. and delicate balance between Katharine S. Robinson, President and Charleston’s residential quality of Modeled on a similar questionnaire CEO of Historic Charleston Foundation, life and the tourism economy, while conducted in 1994, a survey was sent chaired the committee; David McNair preserving Charleston’s authenticity to 2150 randomly selected households. of the McNair Group facilitated its and sense of place, especially its Of the total number 1500 were sent to work. City staff assisted with research architectural and cultural heritage.” households in residential zip codes on and support throughout the process. the peninsula, 500 to residents of West The College of Charleston’s Office of Public Participation Ashley and James Island, and 150 to Tourism Analysis provided additional There were several public meetings Daniel Island. A total of 487 completed background research. to gather community input, as well questionnaires were returned, yielding as a resident survey and outreach a 22.65% response rate. Process to the neighborhood associations. The Tourism Management Advisory In addition, all committee and While the majority of respondents Committee held its first meeting subcommittee meetings were open to expressed support for tourism, more in January 2014 and finalized its the public, offering the opportunity for than half stated that tourism is recommendations a year later. In public comment and questions. causing crowded conditions in their 8

neighborhoods, is growing too fast, Common concerns articulated by and is disrupting their quality of life. In neighborhood associations were: addition, when asked to respond to the statement that the City’s current • The need for more effective tourism regulations adequately enforcement of existing regulations manage tourism impacts in our and better management community, only 8.7% strongly agreed • The need for greater coordination of with this statement. tourism activities, special events, and filming A comparison of the 2014 study with • The need for improvements in the the results from the previous study residential parking system and for the indicates that street congestion, lack creation of remote parking/shuttle of parking, and sanitation are ongoing options concerns, if slightly improved. Issues that were of common concern in all the surveyed neighborhoods include parking, special events, and vehicle congestion on the streets due to cruise ships and tourists in automobiles.

Neighborhood Association Input Ten downtown neighborhoods responded to the Committee’s request for input on tourism issues: Charlestowne, French Quarter, Ansonborough, Harleston Village, Dockside/ Gadsden’s Wharf, Mazyck- Wraggborough/ Garden District, Radcliffeborough, Cannonborough- Elliottborough, Hampton Park Terrace, and Wagener Terrace. Four of these ten described direct tourism impacts, while one neighborhood expressed interest in drawing more tourism activity. PLANNING PROCESS 9

Charleston has experienced to ban the commercial use of slow- The second issue that the committee unprecedented growth in tourism. moving vehicles and golf carts. took up was the growth of cruise ship The 4.8 million visitors in 2012 represent activity in Charleston. The College of a 70% increase over a twenty-year In addition, three fulltime Tourism Charleston’s research showed that period. Enforcement Officers were hired and since 2010, when Charleston became placed under the Director of Livability. a port of embarkation for a major Up to thirty carriages may operate The restrooms at City Hall were opened cruise line, the number of cruise ship daily on the peninsula, joined by to the public on Saturdays and Sundays. passengers has increased 45%. Prior numerous small buses, motor coaches, Signs were placed at the entrances to to 2010 cruise activity was minimal. As pedicabs, and 20-person walking White Point Garden to direct visitors the Committee came to understand tours, and an unknown number of to the nearest public restroom. The in more detail the interconnected tourist automobiles. There has been a Tourism Management Advisory impacts of various sectors of the 26% increase in rooms built since Committee also recommended the tourism industry, members felt that the 1998. A surge of hotel development development of a “Charleston Charter management of cruise ship impacts, is underway, with another 1504 rooms for Sustainable Tourism.” The Charter particularly given the proximity of planned which would result in an appears at the back of this plan. cruise ship operations to already- additional increase of 39%. strained historic districts, fell within its In the course of its deliberations, purview. While the outcome of the In many ways the issues of today are the Committee identified two new federal permitting process for a new intensifications of yesterday’s issues: issues. The first is special events, which cruise terminal and the potential congestion, parking, crowds. The City increased by 63% between 2009 and redevelopment of the Union Pier

has recently taken steps to address 2013. In 2013, there were 414 permits property remain in question, the day- CURRENT ISSUES these. Before the planning process issued in the city for small, medium, to-day effects of cruise ship operations began, the Visitor Accommodations and major events. While events often are felt in several neighborhoods. The Study and the zoning ordinance were carry great benefit for the community, Committee recognizes the efforts updated with the intent of addressing they frequently have negative impacts by the City and City Council to the increase in hotel rooms. Some on the neighborhoods, including handle cruise activity and offers its areas were removed from the congestion and traffic due to street recommendations on this subject in Accommodation Overlay; in other closures, trash, and parking problems. the hope that impacts may be further areas, the number of rooms permitted Events range from nationally prominent mitigated. per hotel was reduced. and extended festivals such as the Spoleto Festival or SEWE to parades, Moreover, City Council passed an runs, and walks. Filming and photo ordinance establishing a moratorium shoots, while not currently under the on new tour vehicles until the end aegis of the Special Events Committee, of 2014 and adopted an ordinance further contribute to the problems.

11

The following sections contain the detailed recommendations from each of the five subcommittees of the Tourism Management Advisory Committee:

1. Tourism Management & Enforcement 2. Visitor Orientation 3. Quality of Life 4. Special Events 5. Mobility & Transportation

Each section begins with a statement of the goal and a brief background narrative. Specific recommendations follow, with detailed strategies for achieving them, RECOMMENDATIONS a timeline for implementation, and the organization or entity responsible for implementation.

In some cases, subcommittees produced similar or identical recommendations. For purposes of clarity and brevity, these were consolidated in the most appropriate area. 12

Goal: Manage and monitor tourism for the benefit of residents, industry and visitors.

The 2014 planning process indicated other interested parties to develop its an overwhelming sentiment that recommendations. Ultimately, a plan current tools for tourism management is only as good as its implementation. and enforcement would benefit from With that in mind, the subcommittee being refined and strengthened. The endeavored to develop a set of need for increased enforcement recommendations that would and management of existing tourism produce easily understood and regulations was a consistent concern enforceable regulatory mechanisms voiced by committee members, and thus enhance the City’s tourism residents who participated in the management capabilities. survey and in the public meetings and neighborhood associations.

After the 1998 Tourism Management Plan Update, the Tourism Management Ordinance was further strengthened by implementing additional restrictions on the tourism industry and by fine-tuning the management framework. Despite these efforts, today the community still feels the pressure and impacts of a growing tourism economy.

The subcommittee on Tourism Management & Enforcement was assiduous in its gathering of information, holding discussions and fact-gathering sessions with City staff, industry representatives, and TOURISM MANAGEMENT/ENFORCEMENT 13

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES

Reduce and manage congestion especially in peak tourism months

Include carriages among the vehicles regulated for transportation by 6 Months City-TM, TC the City of Charleston including number, hours and areas (T-Tag and manifest)

Maintain current number of carriages and certified buses on the streets 6 Months City-TM, TC for touring purposes, pending the results of a comprehensive traffic analysis

Establish regulations for the number of carriages in zones 4 and 5 6 Months City-TM, TC

Study motorcoach size and impact and revise the perimeter route to 1 Year City– TM, TC, T&T improve traffic flow and reduce negative impacts

Improve pullover opportunities for vehicles and carriages 6 Months CITY T&T, Parks

Transition to narrower and cleaner tour vehicles on the Peninsula 4-5 Years Tour Companies

Develop an effective carriage separation rule that can be self- 6 Months Carriage Companies regulated

Require guides to keep sidewalks and doorways passable 6 Months Association in conformance with ordinance 14 TOURISM MANAGEMENT/ENFORCEMENT 15

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES

Construct regulatory mechanisms which can be adhered to by the tourism industry and efficiently administered by the City of Charleston

Assess the number of Tourism Enforcement Officers in June 2015 and June 2015 City-PPS increase accordingly at that time; peg future increases to tourism growth as appropriate

Create rules for the Tourism Commission that allow citizen participation in 6 Months City– TM, TC subcommittee discussions

Create a “Charleston Standards for Tourism” (policies for sustainable Completed Advisory Committee tourism)

Ongoing Review the tourism ordinance to address all issues related to monitoring City-TM, TC and managing resident, industry and visitor needs

1 Year/ Conduct an annual review of tourism related activities Ongoing City-TM, TC

16

Goal: To make visiting the City of Charleston a seamless process

Effective tourism management includes Equipped with smartphones, many a knowledgeable and well-informed visitors may not stop at the Visitor visitor. Providing high-quality and Center at all. By creating apps and easily accessible information on how using technology in other creative to get around and experience the ways, the City and the and city is essential to ensure a rewarding Visitors Bureau can provide a wealth of visitor experience. Transportation, information to visitors in advance and parking, and visitor information and offer up-to-the-minute guidance once orientation were all seen as critical to they are here. More effective signage creating a positive visitor experience and identification of parking areas will as well as to mitigating the impact on also enhance a visitor’s understanding neighborhoods. of how to get around Charleston.

The Visitor Center, located on upper Meeting Street as a result of recommendations in the 1978 Tourism Impact Management Study, serves not only as an information and visitor orientation center but also as a transit hub for garage parking, public transportation, and private touring vehicles. After nearly 25 years in operation, the Visitor Center needs updating with current technology, fresh amenities, and a reinvigorated retail space. Consideration should also be given to a new location further north on the peninsula, to complement the City’s mobility goals. VISITOR ORIENTATION 17

Completion

Strategies Milestones Owner OBJECTIVES

Improve signage throughout the Peninsula to ensure residents and visitors can reach their destination easily

Improve street and highway signage with directions to points of interest 2-3 Years City-T&T/DOT and major attractions

Add wayfinding signs throughout Downtown Charleston 2-3 Years City-T&T/PPS, CVB

Identify all parking assets to encourage pedestrian traffic and reduce congestion

Better identify parking garages and create incentives for their use 1 Year City-BFRC

Update the video shown at City of Charleston Visitor Center to quickly orient visitors

Shorten the video currently shown from 38 minutes to 10-15 minutes and 1 Year City- BFRC, Special show continuously at no charge Facilities/CVB

Include map in video to show off-peninsula sites, such as Charles Towne 1 Year City-BFRC, Special Landing, James Island County Park, plantations, Colonial Dorchester, etc. Facilities/CVB

Incorporate into college orientation Ongoing City-PPS/Colleges 18 VISITOR ORIENTATION 19

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES

Update the City of Charleston Visitor Center to encourage additional visitation to the center

Update the content of information provided as well as the layout and 2-3 years City-BFRC, Special organization of the facility Facilities/CVB

Explore new visitor center locations as it relates to a new transit center 2-3 years City-PPS/CVB

20

Goal: Enhance and maintain a reasonable balance between tourism and quality of life in Charleston’s historic residential neighborhoods

Defined by its historic, architecturally between quality of life and the health noise and trash. significant neighborhoods and of the tourism industry in its statement graced by the complementary of purpose: “To maintain, protect Many of the issues that the Quality of beauties of its built environment and and promote the tourism industry Life subcommittee discussed found their its natural surroundings, Charleston and economy of the city and, at the way into other subcommittee reports, has always been first and foremost same time, to maintain and protect and appear in those recommendations. a city where real people live and the tax base and land values of the The subcommittee eventually focused work. Even as tourism activity has city, to reduce unnecessary traffic its recommendations on reduction of continued to grow, the City has, to and pollution and to maintain and congestion, improved information on date, avoided the twin dangers of promote aesthetic charm and the restroom availability, and management becoming either a museum or a quality of life for the residents of the of cruise ship impacts. theme park. city.”

Protecting the residential quality of In recent years, as the number of life is a prerequisite for the continued visitors has increased significantly, vibrancy of the tourism industry and normal neighborhood traffic has the sustaining of the many economic been exacerbated by carriages, benefits its brings to the entire city. tour buses, motor coaches, pedicabs This goal, of maintaining livability in and walking tours. The peak tourism the face of ever-growing tourism, seasons occur between March and is present in one way or another in May and again in October through every recommendation in this plan. December. The number of visitors strains the availability of residential Charleston’s historic districts are parking. The docking of cruise ships at living, breathing communities of the edge of the historic district affects people who go about their lives while traffic and congestion. Hundreds of stewarding the historic properties special events each year, including for future generations of residents parades, walks, runs, festivals, and film and visitors. The Tourism Ordinance shoots further increase traffic, close nicely encapsulates the connection neighborhood streets, and generate QUALITY OF LIFE 21

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner OBJECTIVES

Reduce and manage congestion especially in peak tourism months

Review carriage and tour bus activity during peak congestion times in 1 Year City-TC the neighborhoods, such as school dismissals and church dispersals, to assess temporary discontinuing of tours during discrete periods.

Address concerns over recent substantial hotel room increases on the 1 Year/ City-PPS Peninsula and beyond by monitoring their impact on congestion and Ongoing moderating future hotel room increases

CVB/ Work with the Charleston Convention and Visitor Bureau to improve 1 Year communications with neighborhoods and to incorporate a formal Neighborhood “congestion” metric that balances their evaluation of success

Improve information to visitors about restroom availability

Communicate locations and hours of existing public restrooms via apps 1 Year City– T&T, TM/CVB and better signage

Install signage in White Point Garden Completed City– T&T, TM, Parks

Open City Hall restrooms on weekends Completed City– TM 22 QUALITY OF LIFE 23

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner OBJECTIVES

Reduce impact of cruise ships on the historic district

Continue the dialogue on the installation of shore power Ongoing City-Council, Mayor/SPA

Explore ways to coordinate and manage the calendar to avoid cruise 1 Year City-SEC/SPA ship arrivals on the days of major events such as the Bridge Run, Spoleto Festival opening, and college graduations

Evaluate the possibility of remote passenger parking to reduce 1 Year SPA congestion

Endorse and document the resolution adopted by the South Carolina Ongoing City-Mayor, Council/SPA State Ports Authority and the resolution adopted by City Council in 2010 that commits to a maximum of 104 cruise ships per year that carry no more than 3500 passengers per ship and no more than one ship to be docked at a time. Look for ongoing ways to strengthen the agreement to achieve optimal balance of tourism and livability

Study the possibility of defraying the costs the City incurs in supporting the 1 Year City-BFRC/SPA/State cruise ship industry by charging a passenger head tax 24

Goal: Ensure that special events enhance and respect the community

As Charleston’s national profile active tourism period. occurs. has continued to grow, the city has experienced a proliferation of The economic benefit from these proposals for special events: there events can be significant; for example was a 63% increase in the number of in 2012, SEWE had a reported impact events held in the city between 2009 of $32.4 million. Other benefits and 2013, with a slight dip in 2014. that accrue from special events In 2010, to address this increase, include the enhancement of health the City adopted an ordinance and wellness, support for charities, establishing procedures for issuing and the provision of recreational permits and created a Special Events opportunities. At the same time, Committee of seven members of City these events also bring the negative departments to review and approve impacts of noise, street closures, events. Due to the continued growth traffic, and parking. of runs, walks, parades, festivals, and other events, the Special Events Film and photo shoots, which like Committee capped the number of special events entail street closures, events on the peninsula in 2011-2012. traffic rerouting, and parking problems, are not under the aegis of Special events in Charleston range the Special Events Committee. from blockbuster annual gatherings such as the Southeastern Wildlife The subcommittee on special events Exposition (SEWE) and the Cooper conducted thorough research River Bridge Run to smaller events and discussed the challenges and such as walks/runs , neighborhood opportunities posed by the growth gatherings, and parades. Many of these events. The starting point of these events are scheduled for their recommendations is that between February and June, already every special event that occurs in a peak tourism time, and between Charleston should enhance and September and December, another respect the community in which it SPECIAL EVENTS 25

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES Ensure that special events add value to Charleston by enhancing the quality of life for residents and attendees Establish criteria for assessing value 6 Months City-SEC

Require all special events to apply for approval annually as a new 6 Months City-SEC event to the Special Events Committee

26

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

Manage special events to reduce impact on neighborhoods to an appropriate level

Limit the number of Special Events south of the Septima Clark Parkway 6 Months City- SEC to the current level

Employ a full time Special Events Coordinator 6 Months City- Mayor

Provide adequate restrooms and parking for events Ongoing City- SEC

Provide new locations and identify underutilized sites throughout the Ongoing City- SEC City for events

The Special Events Committee should evaluate each event (post 1 Year City- SEC event) to include a self-evaluation report by the sponsor

Amend ordinance to exclude exceptions to events- all events must go 1 Year City- SEC & Legal to the Special Events Committee

Minimize street closures Ongoing City- SEC SPECIAL EVENTS 27

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES Ensure that policies, regulations and conditions governing special events must be effective and enforced Include filming and photography shoots under the jurisdiction of the 6 Month City- SEC, CA Special Events Committee

Deploy City staff to effectively monitor events for compliance with 6 Months/ City- SEC, CA regulations and required conditions and to correct violations and Ongoing incidents as they occur

Develop a centralized, coordinated, and accountable approach to tourism management and special events

Create a new department for Tourism and Special Events Management 2-3 Years City- Mayor to better coordinate all tourism related activities and special events for the purpose of clear communication between departments and the community and for better enforcement of the regulations

28

Goal: To create a safe, efficient, simple-to-use transportation network that serves both residents and visitors throughout the City

Steady growth in the number of visitors, options that operate in an organized, orientation, and traffic. coupled with regional population growth interconnected system, will mitigate the in the Charleston area, has negatively impacts of traffic. In order to achieve the goal of shaping a affected the flow of traffic and the city’s safe, efficient, easy-to-use transportation transportation network. The future extent In the context of tourism management, network, the subcommittee felt that an and manner of these impacts depends transportation efforts are necessarily accurate, fact-based assessment was on the decisions the community makes focused on the peninsula, where the of paramount importance. Thus the today about how people might move impacts of tourism have been the first recommendation is that the City about the City. greatest. While tourism is only one of undertake a comprehensive traffic and the factors contributing to traffic and parking study that includes all modes of The nature of Charleston’s historic built congestion on the peninsula, it is the only transportation. environment, which has its share of one that lies directly within the scope of narrow and one-way streets, poses the Committee’s work. challenges: the City can neither create more streets nor widen existing ones. In the past, tourism-management Yet it can improve infrastructure, revise transportation strategies focused on its parking strategies, and enhance vehicle size, routes, or hours of operation. pedestrian safety. A thoughtful, In these recommendations, more interconnected and diverse set of attention is paid to the entire network, transportation options will enhance the which affects residents and visitors alike. ability of residents and visitors to get The strategies that the subcommittee around Charleston. adopted suggest enhancements to pedestrian and cyclist safety, the The best transportation networks in the diversification and strengthening of world, especially in cities with historic public transit options, the creation of centers such as Charleston, provide more efficient parking, and the relocation a wide range of mobility options. of such operations as the Visitor Center The creation of diverse modes of and its transportation facility. There are transportation, including the automobile, further recommendations pertaining public transit, bicycle and pedestrian to resident and visitor parking, visitor MOBILITY AND TRANSPORTATION 29

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner OBJECTIVES Conduct a comprehensive peninsula mobility/parking study that includes all modes of transportation Review all current parking needs/projections with the purpose of 1 Year City-PPS, T&T reducing vehicular congestion using specific long-term and short-term goals

Develop a comprehensive parking plan for all modes, user types and 1 Year City-PPS, T&T land uses including colleges, schools and institutions

Prioritize modes for safety/efficiency 1 Year City- T&T

Extend the Upper King Street pilot program for commercial deliveries to 6 Months City-T&T Middle and Lower King Street and study including other streets

Transition to smaller local delivery vehicles on the Peninsula 1 Year City– T&T, Legal

30

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner Revise parking strategies to provide a variety of parking options for residents/visitors on the peninsula

(a) Encourage a short term solution for remote parking 1 Year City-T&T/ CARTA

(b) Create remote parking lots in appropriate areas 2-3 Years City-T&T/ CARTA

Implement a park and ride system including visitor shuttles on the 6 Months City-T&T/CARTA/CVB peninsula

Improve resident-focused parking for historic neighborhoods 6 Months City-T&T/ Neighborhoods

Develop a more efficient/robust parking meter system with new 2-3 Years City-T&T technologies MOBILITY AND TRANSPORTATION 31

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES Develop transportation wayfinding apps, guides and signs that integrate seamlessly with tourism-related orientation resources Develop mobile app and website for all modes (similar to GoDCGo.com) 2-3 Years City/CARTA/CVB

Develop parking apps and wayfinding signage 2-3 Years City-T&T

Create visitor orientation guides and apps that include all transportation 2-3 Years City/CARTA/CVB options and visitor hints

Implement technology to facilitate and monitor the movement of the 2-3 Years City city’s visitors in tourism vehicles: for example GPS for carriages, pedi cabs, buses etc. around the City of Charleston

32

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner Increase the use of transportation modes other than the automobile, such as bicycling, walking & public transit by visitors and residents.

Improve and fund CARTA services city-wide and on the peninsula 2-3 Years CARTA/City– T&T through smaller, quieter, more efficient buses; improved headways and tracking technology; more attractive and convenient shelters/kiosks; and expanded routes

Incentivize public transit through employee, student and visitor discount 1 Year CARTA programs for longer-period passes

Secure the existing Norfolk Southern right-of-way on the peninsula to 2-3 Years City-PPS, BFRC install a public transit rail system and multi-use path

Develop an interconnected network of bike lanes and routes 1 Year City-PPS, T&T throughout the peninsula using best practice urban standards for markings, signage, rules, and facility design such as colored lanes, protected lanes, bike-boxes and signals, shared lane markings and one- way street usage

Implement an extensive bike sharing program that is flexible, aesthetic, 1 Year City-PPS/Colleges expandable and convenient to the bicycle network, transit, and parking

Develop ways to integrate bicycle safety tips and rules into visitor 6 MonthS City-PPS/CVB/Advocacy information and a broader education campaign including attaching MOBILITY AND TRANSPORTATION “rules of the road” to rental bicycles 33

Completion Strategies Milestones Owner

OBJECTIVES Increase the use of transportation modes, other than the automobile, such as bicycling, walking & public transit by visitors and residents. Develop policies and infrastructure to foster the use of water transportation 2-3 Years City-PPS/Adjacent Cities

Prioritize the level of safety for pedestrians within the multi-modal transportation network

Adopt city-wide policies that identify the pedestrian as the primary user 6 Months City-PPS/DOT upon which urban street design is based

Program intersections using urban best practices that emphasize the Ongoing City-T&T/DOT pedestrian right-of-way such as the use of Lead Pedestrian Intervals (LPI), restriction of right-on-red, and use of materials or design that designate the pedestrian space

Design, redesign or post signs for streets that reduce speed limits in the 6 Months City-T&T/DOT urban context

Consider the recommendations of the Peninsula Mobility Report prepared by Gabe Klein

Promote awareness among the public and elected officials of the issues 1 Year City-PPS, T&T, TC and potential transportation solutions found in the Peninsula Mobility report

Support a feasibility study for a trolley/bus transit system on the peninsula 2-3 Years City-PPS, T&T 34 CHARLESTON CHARTER FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM 35

We, the membersCHARLESTON CHARTER for Sustainable Tourism of the Tourism Management Plan Advisory Committee, appointed to assist in o The active contribution of tourism to sustainable development necessarily presupposes formulating updates to the Charleston Tourism Management Plan, recognizing the unique the solidarity, mutual respect and participation of all the actors, both public and private, character of Charleston with its national as well as appeal, recommend the involved in the process, and must be based on efficient cooperation mechanisms at all adoption of a set of principles to ensure that tourism meets environmental requirements as well levels. as economic expectations and respects visitors to our City, but also the social and physical structure of Charleston and the local population. o The conservation, protection and appreciation of the worth of our natural and cultural heritage afford a privileged area for cooperation. This approach implies that all those Mindful that tourism, as a worldwide phenomenon, touches the highest and deepest aspirations of responsible must take upon themselves a true challenge, that of cultural, technological all people and also is an important element of socioeconomic and political development in the and professional innovation, and also must undertake a major effort to create and City of Charleston; implement integrated planning and management instruments. Recognizing that tourism is ambivalent, since it can contribute positively to socio-economic and cultural achievement, while at the same time can contribute to the degradation of the o To participate in sustainable development, tourism must be based on the diversity of environment and the loss of local identity; and therefore should be approached with broad and opportunities offered by the local economy. It should be fully integrated into and far reaching methodology; contribute positively to local economic development while respecting the authenticity and heritage of the city. Mindful that the resources on which tourism is based are fragile and that there is a growing demand for improved environmental quality; o Particular attention should be paid to the role and the environmental repercussions of transportation in tourism, and to the development of strategies to reduce the use of non- Recognizing that tourism affords the opportunity to and to know other cultures, and that renewable resources. the development of tourism can help promote closer ties among peoples, creating a conscience that is respectful of the diversity of culture and life styles. o Effective management and development requires coordinated action and all local stakeholders, including the City, local community and businesses, must be involved in WE APPEAL to government, other public authorities, decision makers and professionals in the the development of . field of tourism, public and private associations and institutions whose activities are related to tourism, and tourists themselves, to adopt the principles that follow: o The management and development of cultural tourism should be responsive to change. o Tourism development shall be based on the criteria of sustainability that means that it must be ecologically bearable in the long term, as well as economically viable, and ethically and socially equitable for our community. Sustainable development is a guided FINAL RESOLUTION process which envisages management of resources so as to ensure their viability, thus enabling our natural and cultural capital to be preserved. As a powerful instrument of Taking the issues underlying these principles, a structured approach to sustainable cultural development, tourism can and should participate actively in a sustainable development tourism can be defined by considering: strategy. A requirement of sound management of tourism is that the sustainability of the resources on which it depends must be guaranteed.  Community-respecting the values and quality of life of the residents  Environment-conserving the cultural and physical environment o Tourism should respect the scale, nature, character and capacity of the physical and social environment; it must respect the fragile balances that characterize this city.  Visitors-their needs, aspirations and wellbeing  Industry- the need for tourism businesses to be profitable o Tourism must consider its effects on the cultural heritage and traditional elements, activities and dynamics of our community. Recognition of these local factors and support A critical challenge for Charleston is to decide on the relative priority to be given to each of the for the identity, culture and interests of the local community must at all times play a components. The priority will vary over time; the interaction between place and cultural tourism central role in the formulation of tourism strategies. is always dynamic.

37

BFRC– City of Charleston Department of Budget, Finance, Revenue Collections

CARTA– Charleston Area Regional Transportation Authority

CVB– Charleston Convention and Visitor Bureau

DOT– South Carolina Department of Transportation

Legal– City of Charleston Corporation Council

Parks– City of Charleston Department of Parks

PPS– City of Charleston Department of Planning, Preservation & Sustainability

SEC– City of Charleston Special Events Committee

SPA– South Carolina State Ports Authority

Special Facilities– City of Charleston Division Special Facilities

T&T– City of Charleston Department of Traffic & Transportation ACRONYMS TC– City of Charleston Tourism Commission

TM– City of Charleston Division of Tourism Management

39 APPENDICES

Overview of Tourism in Charleston Resident Attitudes Towards Tourism Survey Neighborhood Input Quality of Life Report Cruise Ship Recommendations Report Special Events Ordinance Tourism Management Ordinance Maps Special Events Map Tour Maps Tour Vehicle Chart Acronyms OVERVIEW OF TOURISM INDUSTRY IN CHARLESTON 41

An Overview of the Tourism Industry in Charleston February 18, 2014

Bing Pan, Ph.D. Office of Tourism Analysis, Department of Hospitality and Tourism Management School of Business, College of Charleston Presentation to Tourism Planning Advisory Committee, City of Charleston 42

Content

• Definition of a Charleston visitor • Who are Charleston visitors? • Different indicators of Charleston tourism • Concluding remarks • Next steps – – Benchmarking with peer cities

43

What is a visitor? • A visitor is a traveler taking a trip to a main destination outside his/her usual environment, for less than a year, for any main purpose (business, leisure or other personal purpose) other than to be employed by a resident entity in the country or place visited.

- United Nations World Tourism Organization, 2008 44

What is a visitor?

• Person-trip defined as one person on a trip away from home overnight in paid accommodations or on a day or overnight trip to places 50 miles or more [one-way] away from home.

- U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Travel Association, 2011 45

What is a Charleston visitor?

• Due to the tight economic connection in the Charleston- Berkeley-Dorchester tri-county area, a Charleston visitor is considered a traveler from outside the tri-county area taking a trip to the area, for less than a year, for any main purpose (business, leisure or other personal purpose) other than to be employed by a resident entity in Charleston.

46

What is a Charleston visitor?

• Non-Visitors: – Commuters from Summerville and Mt. Pleasant to the peninsula – College students from the Citadel and the College of Charleston

• Visitors: – A family from Columbia, SC for a day trip – Second home owners whose primary residence is NOT in Charleston – Boeing associates from Seattle visiting the Charleston plant 47

Who are Charleston Visitors?

Data Source: Office of Tourism Analysis, College of Charleston 48

Who are Charleston Visitors? • Average age 51-52, full-time employed (49.5%) or retired (18.8%) in 2011 • Mainly from SC, NC, VA, GA, OH, and FL • 5-7% from international locations • Main metropolitan areas: NYC, DC, Charlotte, Atlanta, Raleigh, Columbia, and Chicago • Percentage of visitors from farther away increased in recent years • Arrive mainly by auto (71.0%) and airplane (22.3%) in 2011

Data source: Office of Tourism Analysis, College of Charleston 49

Estimation of the Tourism Economy is Tricky…. 50

Indicators of the Tourism Industry

• Behavioral Indicators – Foot traffic, attendance, cars, passenger count, space rental, web traffic • Financial Indicators – Taxes, revenue • Supply Indicators – Hotel inventory

51

Downtown Visitor Center Traffic Kiawah 1,400,000 Recession North Charleston Mt. Pleasant/IOP 1,200,000 Recession Downtown

1,000,000

800,000

600,000

400,000

200,000

0 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

2001-2013: 39.4% decrease Data Source: Charleston Area Convention and Visitors Bureau 52

Attraction Attendance Trends (16 Attractions)

2,500,000

2,054,562 Number of All Attraction Attendance Aquarium 2,000,000 Downtown Attractions Attendees opens 1,749,027

1,500,000 1,258,708 1,136,411 1,021,950 1,000,000

500,000

0 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2001-2013: 14.9% decrease Data Source: The Chamber of Commerce 2008-2013: 15.5% increase 53

Downtown Carriage Tours

Number of Carriage Tours Annually 39,260 40,000 33,878 35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

2000-2013: 15.8% increase Data Source: Tourism Office, City of Charleston 54

Peninsula Bus Tour Permits

3,500 Tour Permit 3,000 Parking Permit 2,500 Transporation Permit (Non-Touring)

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Data Source: Tourism Office, City of Charleston 55

Major Events and Impacts

Visitor # of Spending per Event Year Impact Jobs Ratio Attendees adult per day SEWE 2012 59% 35,000 $290 $32.4 million 306

Wine & Food 2013 64% 23,000 $267 $10.7 million 101

Festival of Houses and Gardens 2012 90% 11,000 $200 $5.4 million 65

Data Source: Office of Tourism Analysis, College of Charleston

56

Number of Events in the City

450 2009 – 2013: 63.0% of Increase 414 400 354 350 316 366 Small Events (under 500) 300 254 Medium Events (500-1000) 250 Major Events (over 1000) 200 total Events 150

100

50

0 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

2011 2012 2013 Number of even-days booked: 600 799 549

Data Source: Special Event Committee, City of Charleston 57

Airport Traffic Charleston International Airport Enplanement

Recession 1,357,813 1,400,000 2000-2013: 62.7% of increase 1,200,000 Recession 1,000,000 834,787 800,000

600,000

400,000

200,000

0

40.8% visitors, 59.2% residents Data Source: FAA and Charleston International Airport -- 2007 Office of Tourism Analysis Survey 58

Cruise Ship Traffic Trends 250,000 100

Number of Vessels 88 90

200,000 80 Number of Passengers 70 188,082 150,000 60

50

100,000 40

30

50,000 18 20

10 29,084 0 0

2000-2013: 546.7% increase in passengers Data Source: South Carolina Port Authority 59

Cruise Ship Passenger Number by Type

200,000 EMBARKATION 180,000 PORT OF CALL 160,000 140,000 120,000 164,555 173,770 163,738 100,000 80,000 112,585 60,000

40,000 37,259 20,000 21,569 21,947 24,315 10,039 15,675 0 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Data Source: South Carolina Port Authority 60

Hotel Room Supply Trends

20,000 Peninsula North Charleston 18,000 Mt. Pleasant West Ashley 16,000 City County 14,000 Tri-County Area 12,000

10,000

8,000 7,184

6,000 4,253 4,000 3,569 2,000 2,544 1,675 0 909

Data Source: Smith Travel Research 61

Hotel Room Demand Trends (Roomnights Sold)

5,000,000 Recession Peninsula North Charleston 4,500,000 Recession Mt. Pleasant West Ashley 4,000,000 City County 3,500,000 Tri-County Area 3,000,000 2,500,000 1,828,873 2,000,000

1,500,000 1,076,660 1,000,000 1,033,816 500,000 672,608 468,412 0 235,181

Data Source: Smith Travel Research 62

Compare Room Supply Peninsula vs. Non-Peninsula Available Hotel Room Comparision

14,528 16,000 Peninsula 14,000 Tri-County Non-Peninsula 12,000

10,000 6,852 8,000

6,000 3,569 4,000 2,261 2,000

0 63

Compare Room Demand Peninsula vs. Non-Peninsula Annual Roomnights Sold Comparision

6,000,000 5,302,698 Peninsula 5,000,000 Tri-County Non-Peninsula 4,000,000 2,501,060 3,000,000

2,000,000 1,302,554 825,265 1,000,000

0 64

Hotel Room Supply & Demand Trends

Tri-County North Mt. West Tri-County Peninsula City County Non- National Charleston Pleasant Ashley Area Peninsula 1988 - 2013 58.7% 98.9% 191.1% 71.9% 68.1% 96.2% 92.9% 103.2% 75.5% Supply 1994 - 2013 40.3% 87.4% 155.1% 78.2% 56.3% 74.3% 67.9% 76.4% 44.1%

1988 - 2013 93.3% 122.5% 201.8% 98.3% 96.8% 125.4% 116.9% 102.6% 74.8% Demand 1994 - 2013 53.7% 92.3% 157.3% 92.8% 69.9% 84.8% 76.0% 76.4% 38.7%

Data Source: Smith Travel Research 65

Population Change

800000 Charleston City Charleston County Charleston Tri-County 697,439 700000

600000 526,130 500000

400000

300000

200000 125,583 116,278 103,477 100000

0

City 1990-2012 21.4% County 1994-2012 19.1% Data Source: U.S. Census Bureau Tri-County 1994-2012 32.6% United States 1994-2012 20.5% Student Population in the City (CofC, Citadel, MUSC) in 2012: 17,700 66

Person-Trips Per Capita

• TNS Global’s household survey, 18,000 monthly, 2006-2008 • Person-Trips Per Capita = (Estimated average annual person-trips in 3 years, in thousands )/(average city population in 3 years, in thousands) • 316 cities in the United States 67

Rank City PT Per Capita 1 Tunica MS 1,468 2 Wisconsin Dells WI 1,374 3 Skagway AK 1,040 4 Gatlinburg TN 917 17 Myrtle Beach SC 222 Person-Trips Per Capita 32 Orlando FL 113 47 Hilton Head SC 59 62 Florence SC 43 69 Charleston SC 38 85 Ft. Lauderdale FL 32 91 Columbia SC 31 95 Savannah GA 29 101 Atlanta GA 28 312 Los Angeles CA 4 316 New York City NY 1 68

Tourism impact in 2012

• Per visitor per day spending: $205 in 2012 • The estimate of 4.8 million visitor count to the tri-county area is based on survey results and roomnights sold • Total lodging sales in the tri-county area: $614 million • Tourism contributed to 16% of City’s economy

69

Concluding Remarks

• The City of Charleston’s visitor volume has higher growth than the national average: roughly 70% increase in visitor volume in the last 20 years; 2.7% annually on average • The visitor volume in the tri-county area grew more: 76% in the last 20 years, and 2.9% annual growth • Charleston had a farther reach in recent years • Peninsula had a more controlled growth than the City and the tri- county area • Greater growth in events than attractions

70

Next Steps

• Benchmarking tourism development with peer cities • Peer cities: Aspen, Boston, , San Francisco, Savannah, Bermuda, Quebec City, Amsterdam, Dublin, Florence, Gothenburg, Malaga, Salzburg, Venice, London • Person-trips per capita? Number of hotels/restaurants per capita/square mile? • ….

71

Next Steps

• Best practices in peer cities – Parking and traffic control – Public transit – Visitor orientation – Management of events and their impacts – Zoning and other regulatory practices – Management of touring vehicles

72

Acknowledgements

• Yvonne Fortenberry and Tim Keane, City of Charleston • Helen Hill and Perrin Lawson, Charleston Area Convention and Visitors Bureau • Mary Graham, Chamber of Commerce • Vanessa Turner-Maybank, City of Charleston • Peter O. Lehman, South Carolina Port Authority • Duane Vince, Smith Travel Research • John Crotts, Steve Litvin, Wayne Smith, and Melinda Patience, College of Charleston 73 RESIDENT ATTITUDES TOWARDS TOURISM 75

Tourism is an economic phenomenon that has economic, social, cultural, and personal impacts on the communities that host it. Once a community becomes a tourist destination, the lives of residents in that community become affected by tourism activities.1 If tourism develops without a management plan, problems can occur to the point where the negative effects of tourism on the host community will exceed its benefits. May 22 Resident The purpose of this research is to assess resident attitudes towards tourism including those areas that residents believe are impacting their quality of life. The approach replicates and extends Attitudes previous research that guided the 1994 City of Charleston’s Tourism Management Plan. Its significance rests on the fact that Charleston’s tourism is dependent not only on the natural, Towards cultural, and culinary resources, but also on the public’s goodwill. This goodwill of residents 2014 towards tourists is an essential piece of the Charleston visitor’s experience as represented by the Tourism friendliness of residents and the beauty and charm of the residential neighborhoods being consistently identified in visitor surveys to be what visitors enjoy most about visiting. Thereby, an open dialog and cooperation with residents is needed to identify and mitigate potential A summary report prepared for the conflicts between residents and tourism interests. Department of

Planning, Preservation and Sustainability, City Method of Charleston, by the Office of To achieve this end, a draft four page questionnaire was developed by the Office of Tourism Tourism Analysis, Analysis, drawing from the literature and previous research. The draft questionnaire was School of Business, subsequently vetted and approved by the Department of Planning, Preservation and and College of Sustainability with input from the Tourism Management Advisory Committee, composed of Charleston. representatives of neighborhood associations, preservation groups, and tourism leaders.

1 Kim, K., Uysal, M., & Sirgy, M. J. (2013). How does tourism in a community impact the quality of life of community residents? Tourism Management, Vol. 36(5), 527-540.

0 1

76

In April 2014, the questionnaire was administered to 2,150 resident households, randomly Description of Respondents selected by the contracted mail service. A total of 1,500 households were from the residential zip codes on peninsular Charleston, 500 from West Ashley/James Island, and 150 from Daniel Approximately one in four (25.9%) respondents reported that they resided in the South of Broad Island. The heavy weighting of the sample towards the historic downtown Charleston insured neighborhood (See Table 1). Greater than three in five (62.5%) resided on peninsular Charleston. that the residential neighborhoods that experience the most pressure from tourism activities were There are also 12.7% of respondents who did not specify their neighborhood. highly represented in the results. Table 1: Neighborhood Residence of Respondents On April 1, 2014 each selected household received a post card, addressed from the Mayor asking Frequencies (%) for their participation, followed by a mail questionnaire 5 days later. Those who did not respond South of Broad 25.9 received a replacement questionnaire one week later. The post card and questionnaire can be French Quarter 3.1 viewed in the appendix of this report. Ansonborough 8.2 Harleston Village 15.0 Radcliffeborough 1.4 Each survey had an identification code to insure than no household could submit more than one Gadsden Wharf 1.4 completed survey. This led to the elimination of approximately 12 questionnaires that were Elliottborough/Cannonborough 3.3 East Side 1.9 duplicate copies. Mazyck-Wraggborough 2.3 North of Crosstown 1.6 Surveys returned by May 6, 2014 were included in the final dataset, providing residents more West Ashley 6.2 than four weeks to complete and return the questionnaire. A total of 487 completed James Island 9.5 Daniel Island 7.2 questionnaires were returned, yielding a 22.65% response rate. Not identified 12.7

Responses are summarized in the following sections of this report in a series of tables. The More than half (56.4%) of respondents were female with an average age of respondents of 60.3 reader is encouraged to study each of these tables carefully as not all insights are expressed in the years (63 median). A high 96.2% indicated that Charleston is their primary residence with nine report narrative. out of ten (89.7%) reporting they own their own home. Only one in ten (10.4%) indicated that their profession was tied to tourism.

Given that restaurants and King Street shopping are key downtown visitor attractions, assessing residents’ commerce with these businesses was deemed important. When asked how many times do you dine per month in downtown restaurants, the average was 6.1 times. Half of all respondents reported dining at least four times a month or once a week. Reported commerce with retail stores on or near King Street was more skewed in its distribution with an average of 21.9 times per year (median 8.0).

2 3

77

Asked how do you generally arrive at these establishments, the most preferred means of Resident Support for Tourism transportation was by car (75.3%), followed by walking (52.1%), bicycle (14.2%), taxi (6.8%), and bus (3.9%). The question ‘where do you park’ yielded responses on the street (51.4%), A series of 10 Likert scaled statements were derived from the literature and used to broadly parking garage (49.4%), paid parking lot (23.5%), and valet services (9.3%). assess residents overall attitudes towards tourism. The results are summarized in Table 2.

Nearly one in four respondents (23.5%) indicated that they had used the DASH public bus Table 2: Resident Support for Tourism system. The median use of DASH was low at zero (0) across all respondents, and three (3) times per month among those who use it. The reported reasons for such low ridership were varied. Frequencies (%) Strongly Strongly However the most frequent reasons reported were a lack of understanding of DASH’s schedule Disagree Neutral Agree Disagree Agree and routes, a lack of need, a preference for walking, biking or driving, inconvenience, and There are better shopping, dining physical handicap. and cultural opportunities in 3.6 4.5 11.5 32.1 48.3 Charleston because of tourism. Tourism provided the opportunity to put the Charleston area on the 6.8 6.6 15.1 32.7 38.8 map Tourism generates substantial tax revenues for our local government 6.3 8.2 23.2 30.1 32.3 that benefit residents. Tourism is a strong economic 3.2 3.0 11.9 37.0 45.0 contributor to our community. Tourism benefits other non-tourism 5.8 8.2 29.4 32.7 23.8 sectors in our local economy. Our community is overcrowded 7.5 12.9 18.5 22.2 38.9 because of tourism.* Tourism is growing too fast in our 9.1 14.5 23.8 14.9 37.8 communities.* Tourists in my community disrupt 15.7 21.5 19.6 17.8 25.4 my quality of life.* In general, the positive benefits of 12.7 10.5 19.5 32.2 25.2 tourism outweigh negative impacts. I am proud to live in a place that provides as many tourist/visitor 7.3 9.3 18.1 32.3 33.0 opportunities as Charleston does. * reversed scored in computing the index score

The results indicate that the majority of all respondents recognize and support tourism in Charleston. Furthermore the majority of respondents believe the City’s visitor center is doing a good job in providing visitors a positive first impression and orienting them to Charleston. However concerns that tourism is causing crowding, growing too fast, and disrupts their quality

4 5

78

of life evokes the need for a revised tourism management plan. In addition, when asked to Perceived Issues respond to the statement that the City’s current tourism regulations adequately manage tourism impacts in our community, only 8.7% strongly agreed with the statement, underscoring the The questionnaire began with two open end questions asking subjects to list three things that the importance and timeliness of the current process (see Table 3). tourism industry positively (and negatively) impacts their life. Eliciting the evaluative assessments in an unaided way yields more personally meaningful insights from respondents. Table 3: Resident Assessment of Current Tourism Regulations and Visitor Center The most frequently mentioned benefits could be grouped as new spending in better restaurants, Frequencies (%) the economy, tax revenues, employment, diversity of businesses, cultural diversity, pride, better Strongly Strongly Disagree Neutral Agree Disagree Agree shopping, arts and entertainment, and media attention. Figure 2 summarizes the frequencies of The City's current tourism regulations the words respondents used in the form of a word cloud. adequately manage tourism impacts in 23.7 22.0 27.8 17.8 8.7 our community The City’s visitor center provides visitors a positive first impression of 1.5 3.9 34.0 35.3 25.3 Charleston The City’s visitor center is helpful to 1.8 3.7 32.8 33.9 27.8 visitors in orienting them to Charleston

The previous 10 variables provided a means to calculate an overall 100 point index score assessing resident support for tourism. Among these respondents, scores ranged between 20 and 100, with an average score of 74.5 (S.D.: 10.5, median: 76). This score is discussed again on page 11 in an attempt at identifying the factors that are influencing support for tourism.

Figure 1: Positive Impacts of Tourism

6 7

79

Conversely, negative impacts could be grouped in order of frequency as traffic (284 mentions), Detailed Issues lack of parking (107), congestion (100), carriages (56), high cost of living (56), cruise ships (53), pedestrian congestion (42), noise (35), litter/trash (31), tourist behavior (30), events (23), The next section of the 2014 questionnaire replicated aspects of the 1994 questionnaire to nothing/none (21), tour buses (21), pollution (16), balance local vs tourist businesses (15), indicate progress in managing the negative impacts of tourism using an aided recall set of increased crime (15), over emphasis on tourism (14), and public restrooms (11). Figure 3 questions. Responses were recorded along a 4 point scale where 0 = not a problem; 1 = slight summarizes the frequencies of the words used in the form of a word cloud. problem; 2= a problem; and 3 = a very serious problem. Variances should be expected. The results reveal that the measured issues remain pervasive, and that availability of parking and road congestion due to carriages and tour buses are the leading issues. However, the majority of items show improvements from opinions in 1994, except parking in commercial areas, tour bus styles, and public benches and seating.

Table 4: Perceived Problem Areas

1994 2014 Availability of parking for residents in own neighborhood 1.72 1.54 due to tourists Availability of parking for residents in own neighborhood 1.72 1.33 due to employees of tourist businesses Availability of parking for residents/tourists in commercial 1.96 2.08 areas Location of tour bus parking 1.13 1.04 Figure 2: Negative Impacts of Tourism tour bus styles allowed in the historic district 1.27 1.37

Public restroom availability 2.13 2.03 Availability of public benches, seating in residential areas 0.69 0.93

Congestion due to tour buses 2.05 1.59 Congestion due to carriages 2.22 1.65 Congestion due to rickshaws 1.36 1.11 Street/sidewalk sanitation of commercial areas 1.86 1.17 Street/sidewalk sanitation of residential areas 1.84 1.04 Quality of downtown retail 0.83 0.67 Balance of tourist targeted retail shops versus resident- 1.14 1.09 targeted retail shops Scale: 0 = not a problem; 1 = slight problem; 2= a problem; and 3 = a very serious problem

8 9

80

The 2014 questionnaire expanded the list of potential problem areas for the current assessment. Neighborhood Differences in Perceived Problems The results are summarized in Table 5.

Table 5: Perceived Problem Areas Comparing responses at the neighborhood level is a valid and potentially useful way in assessing

Frequencies (%) problem areas. Given that the data set is composed of samples (not census data), variability Not a Slight Serious Problem should be expected. problem problem problem Availability of parking for residents in neighborhoods 25.8 21.6 24.9 27.6 Surprisingly, measures of support for tourism as recorded along the 100 point index did not due to tourists Availability of parking for residents in neighborhoods significantly vary by neighborhoods. 30.2 27.1 22.1 20.6 due to employees of tourism businesses Availability of parking for residents/tourists in 8.4 16.5 34.1 41.0 Table 6: Average Support for Tourism Index Scores commercial areas Location of tour bus parking 40.1 29.7 16.1 14.1 South of Broad 73.2 Tour Bus Styles allowed in historic district 34.0 20.8 19.4 25.7 Ansonborough-French Quarter 75.4 Public Restroom Availability 14.2 15.1 24.1 46.6 Harleston Village 75.3 Availability of public benches/seating in commercial 33.5 29.2 20.5 16.7 Other Peninsular 74.2 areas West Ashley- James Island 73.9 Availability of public benches/seating in residential 49.3 21.6 15.6 13.6 Daniel Island 76.9 areas Congestion due to tour buses 20.4 28.6 22.8 28.2 Congestion due to walking tour groups 39.6 32.7 14.9 12.7 Some detailed issues –evaluated by residents both positive and negative - are significantly Congestion due to carriages 19.1 28.0 21.5 31.3 correlated with overall support for tourism. They are: Vehicle congestion due to cruise ships 24.2 25.1 16.3 34.5 Pedestrian congestion due to cruise ships 31.5 25.9 19.7 22.8  Balance of Tourist Targeted Retail Shops versus Resident Targeted Retail Shops Congestion due to rickshaws 38.2 28.9 16.7 16.2  Quality of Downtown Retail Congestion due to rented bicycles 52.1 26.2 12.8 8.9  Authentic Character of the Historic District Congestion due to automobiles driven by tourists 15.8 27.4 24.6 32.2  Noise Due to Motorcycles Noise due to motorcycles driven by tourists 29.6 26 21.3 23.1  Congestion Due to Rented Bicycles Congestion due to special events 21.2 28.6 20.1 30.1  Pedestrian Congestion due to Cruise Ships Street/Sidewalk sanitation of commercial areas 31.0 35.2 20.1 13.7  Congestion Due to Walking Tour Groups Street/Sidewalk sanitation of residential areas 38.2 32.7 15.6 13.4  Location of Tour Bus Parking Authentic character of the historic district 59.8 19.0 8.6 12.6 Nighttime noise coming from commercial areas 37.9 3.01 14.7 16.3 Though correlations do not prove cause and effect (only associations), addressing the above Quality of downtown retail 58.0 22.4 14.1 5.4 issues could have a measurable positive impact on residents’ support for tourism. Balance of tourist/resident retail shops 38.1 28.3 20.6 13.1 Adequacy of public transit 35.5 22.3 18.7 23.5 Not all neighborhoods contained a sufficient number of respondents to assess resident attitudes Availability of public open spaces for residents' use 43.5 25.7 13.8 17.1 in a reliable way. As a result, certain neighborhoods on the peninsula were combined for the

following neighborhood analysis. In the interest of brevity, only those issues that were statistically significant at the probability level of .05 are reported below. Table 7 summarizes

10 11

81

neighborhood differences in terms of average scores. Again, the scale used was a four point Content Analysis of Open Ended Comments scale where 0 = not a problem; 1 = slight problem; 2= a problem; and 3 = a very serious problem. The survey provided a number of opportunities for respondents to share, in their own words, The results reveal issues that averaged in the serious range are experienced most by the residents issues, problems and recommendations for the committee and planning office. The following of South of Broad. The issue are related to congestion, tour buses, carriages, tourists in summarizes the comments using sentiment analysis. The process involves categorizing the automobiles, and vehicles related to cruise ships. With that being said a close inspection of comments and then assessing what is said about each as either positive or negative. The results Table 7 reveals other respondents from other neighborhoods also reported these same issues as indicate the type of emotion regarding the topic among the subset of respondents who chose to problems. Street and sidewalk sanitation of both commercial and residential areas were reported freely evoke these issues. The categories created often involve multiple issues. To illustrate, the as a slight problem among those residing in the other peninsular neighborhoods. negative sentiment associated with cruise ships ranged from the location of the terminal, increased traffic, the need for a better brand of ship, scale of the ships, and that passengers

Table 7: Neighborhood Differences in Problem Areas spending less locally then other tourists. On the other hand, the need for restrooms at White Points Garden represents a singular issue. Ansonborough South of Harleston Other West A Daniel French Broad Village Peninsular James Is Island Table 8: Sentiment Analysis of Open Ended Comments Quarter Congestion Tour 2.07 1.67 1.64 1.36 1.25 1.17 Positive Sentiment Negative Sentiment Buses Cruise ships 2 30 Congestion Walking 1.36 0.96 0.88 1.10 0.74 0.77 Resident street parking 0 23 Tours Carriages 1 21 Congestion 2.21 1.48 1.80 1.35 1.26 1.36 Tour buses 0 20 Carriages Rickshaws 0 10 Vehicle Congestion 2.18 1.96 1.71 1.15 1.21 0.91 Walking tours 0 7 Cruise Ships Restrooms needed at White Point Gardens 8 5 Pedestrian Public restrooms needed 23 1 Congestion Cruise 1.78 1.52 1.58 0.96 1.00 0.72 Benches at CARTA bus stops needed 5 0 Ships College students 0 14 Congestion 1.55 1.22 1.00 0.84 0.85 0.83 Special events/numbers & coordination 0 13 Rickshaws Need to preserve green space 0 10 Congestion Tourist 2.03 1.94 1.79 1.33 1.51 1.54 Public transportation 0 12 Autos Bike lanes needed 8 3 Noise Motorcycles 1.71 1.98 1.42 0.98 0.96 1.06 Bicyclists 0 5 Sanitation/ 1.29 1.58 0.94 1.22 0.97 1.05 Noise 0 10 Commercial Traffic 0 8 Sanitation/ 1.10 1.32 1.01 1.22 0.76 0.86 Residential Congestion 0 9 Night Time Noise Enforcement of Current Ordinances 0 11 1.55 1.22 1.00 0.84 0.85 0.83 Commercial Make King to Calhoun Pedestrian 7 0 Scale: 0 = not a problem; 1 = slight problem; 2= a problem; and 3 = a very serious problem Motorcycles 0 7 Discount Garage Parking for Locals 0 6 Downtown Over Promoted as Tourism Destination 6 0 New Hotels 1 6 Locally Relevant Retail 0 4 Road Signage/Wayfinding 0 4 12 13

82

Fourth, a number of issues were evaluated as problem areas regardless of a respondents’

Asked do you have any suggestions on how to solve any of the issues, suggestions were far neighborhood of residence. Chief among them were issues regarding the need for public ranging and included: restrooms, parking, special events, and vehicle congestion on streets due to cruise ships and tourists in automobiles.  Restricting carriages from City streets during rush hours  Not permitting multiple special events on the same weekend  Restrict street side parking to those with residential parking permits In closing, we hope these results will inform a process designed to prioritize a series of problem  Promote park and ride options for tourists  Consider off peninsular satellite parking/ shuttle service for downtown employees areas that need solutions; solutions that often can be gleaned from best practices derived from  Require cab drivers to adhere to $5 flat rate other communities. Charleston is not unique in historic cities in that it is attempting to manage  Add more trash cans along city streets  Move cruise ship terminal north of bridge ever increasing numbers of vehicles and pedestrians in a relatively compact physical  Better enforcement of existing tourism regulations environment. Charleston’s quality of life combined with the genuine hospitality of residents is  Moratorium on new hotel construction the foundation of its tourism economy. Good faith efforts to manage and, where possible,  Restrict sources of night time noise in residential areas (e.g., ghost tours, CofC students, bars). mitigate sources of conflicts will benefit both residents and tourism interests.

Conclusions

A number of conclusions can be drawn from this study. First, approximately three out of four residents randomly selected chose not to respond to the survey suggesting that tourism management was not an issue they obliged to comment.

Second, among the 22.65% of subjects who responded to the questionnaire, the majority expressed support for tourism. With this said, more than one half of the respondents perceive that tourism is causing crowded conditions in their neighborhoods, is growing too fast, and disrupts their quality of life which supports the need for a revised tourism management plan. In addition, when asked to respond to the statement that the City’s current tourism regulations adequately manage tourism impacts in our community, only 8.7% strongly agreed with the statement underscoring the importance and timeliness of the current process.

Third, a comparison of the 1994 results with 2014 results indicate concerns regarding congestion on streets, the lack of parking, sanitation, and the need for public restrooms are pervasive but slightly improving.

14 15

83

Appendix. 2014 City of Charleston Resident Questionnaire Appendix

The City of Charleston Needs Your Input on Tourism Management

Dear [FirstName]:

Preserving and enhancing our City’s quality of life amidst a vibrant hospitality sector requires careful planning and management. The City of Charleston has embarked on an important process to update the City's Tourism Management Plan. A key step in the update process is obtaining input and advice from Charleston residents—those of you who are most directly impacted by tourism.

A questionnaire has been developed by the City’s Department of Planning, Preservation and Sustainability and the College of Charleston. Your response will help shape their analysis and recommendations.

Your household has been randomly selected to receive this survey, which you should receive by mail in one week. I sincerely hope that you will take the time to complete and return the survey. Your responses will remain anonymous in this critical planning process.

Sincerely yours,

Joseph P. Riley, Jr. Mayor

16 17

84

The City of Charleston Needs Your Input on Tourism Management!

3. Please indicate your agreement with the following statements as it regards tourism in The City of Charleston has embarked on an important process: the updating of the City's Charleston. Please check () your agreement with each statement on a scale where: Tourism Management Plan. A key step in the update process is obtaining resident input. This 1= strongly disagree, 2 = disagree, 3= neutral, 4= agree, and 5 = strongly agree. questionnaire is designed to seek advice from Charleston residents—those of you who are most Items 1 2 3 4 5 directly impacted by tourism. There are better shopping, dining and cultural opportunities in Charleston

because of tourism. The questionnaire was developed by the Office of Tourism Analysis in the School of Business of Tourism provided the opportunity to put the Charleston area on the map the College of Charleston, on behalf of the Department of Planning, Preservation and Tourism generates substantial tax revenues for our local government that Sustainability of the municipal government, and a special advisory committee composed of benefit residents. representatives of neighborhood associations, preservation groups, and tourism leaders. Your response to this questionnaire will help shape their analysis and recommendations. Thank you Tourism is a strong economic contributor to our community. ahead of time for your participation in this critical planning process. Tourism benefits other non-tourism sectors in our local economy. Our community is overcrowded because of tourism. Completed questionnaires should be mailed back in the postage paid envelope provided. The Tourism is growing too fast in our communities. deadline for returning the survey is April 15, 2014. Tourists in my community disrupt my quality of life. In general, the positive benefits of tourism outweigh negative impacts. The City’s current tourism regulations adequately manage tourism impacts in Sincerely, our community. I am proud to live in a place that provides as many tourism/visitor

John C. Crotts, Ph. D. opportunities as Charleston does. The City’s Visitor Center provides visitors a positive first impression of Project Coordinator Charleston. Resident Feedback on the City of Charleston’s Tourism Management Plan The City’s Visitor Center is helpful to visitors in orienting them in Charleston.

QUESTIONNAIRE 4. Carefully consider each issue below and indicate whether you view the issue as a problem

by placing a check () in the appropriate column. Please provide a brief explanation where Part I. General Attitude Toward the Tourism Industry in Charleston: needed. Add issues to the list, if desired. Please answer the questions as completely as possible. 0 = not a problem; 1 = slight problem; 2= a problem; and 3 = a very serious problem.)

ID Items 0 1 2 3 1. Please list three examples of how the tourism industry has a positive impact on your life and 1 Availability of PARKING for residents in own neighborhood due to tourists your community: 2 Availability of PARKING for residents in own neighborhood due to

employees of tourist businesses 1. ______3 Availability of PARKING for residents/tourists in commercial areas

2. ______4 Location of TOUR BUS PARKING

5 TOUR BUS STYLES allowed in the historic district 3. ______6 Public RESTROOM availability

2. Please list three examples of how the tourism industry has a negative impact on your life and 7 Availability of PUBLIC BENCHES, SEATING in commercial areas

your community: 8 Availability of PUBLIC BENCHES, SEATING in residential areas

9 Congestion due to TOUR BUSES 1. ______10 Congestion due to WALKING TOUR GROUPS

2. ______11 Congestion due to CARRIAGES

12 Vehicular Congestion due to CRUISE SHIPS 3. ______13 Pedestrian Congestion due to CRUISE SHIPS

18 19

85

ID Items 0 1 2 3 14 Congestion due to RICKSHAWS 2. How many years in total have you lived in the City of Charleston? If you moved away and

15 Congestion due to RENTED BICYCLES then moved back, please add all time periods together: ______Years 16 Congestion due to AUTOMOBILES driven by tourists

17 Noise due to MOTORCYCLES driven by tourists 3. Is Charleston your primary residence?  Yes  No 18 Congestion due to SPECIAL EVENTS (e.g., Southeast Wildlife,

Bridge Run, Wine & Food) 4. Do you own or rent your home? 19 Street/sidewalk SANITATION of commercial areas  I own this home 20 Street/sidewalk SANITATION of residential areas 21 AUTHENTIC Character of the historic district  I rent my home 22 NIGHTTIME NOISE coming from commercial areas

23 Quality of DOWNTOWN RETAIL  Other, Please explain: ______24 BALANCE of tourist targeted retail shops versus resident-targeted retail shops

25 Adequacy of PUBLIC TRANSIT 5. How often do you dine in downtown Charleston restaurants? ____ Times/Month

26 Availability of PUBLIC OPEN SPACES for residents’ use

27 Other (Please explain): 6. How often do you shop in retail stores on or near King Street? _____ Times/Year

28 Other (Please explain): 7. When you shop or dine downtown, how do you arrive? (check all that apply)

 Walk  Bicycle  Drive 5. Do you have any suggestions on how to solve any of the issues listed above? (Please list Item ID number with suggestion.)  Bus  Taxi  Other, please explain ______

8. When you use your car in shopping or dining downtown, where do your normally park?

Part II. Residency information:  On the street  Parking Garage  Paid Lot  Valet 1. Please indicate your neighborhood:   South of Broad Street  Elliottborough/Cannonborough Other, please explain ______ French Quarter  East Side  Ansonborough  Mazyck Wraggborough 9. Have you ever ridden on a DASH downtown shuttle bus?  Harleston Village  North of the Crosstown  Radcliffeborough  West Ashley  Yes  No  Gadsden Wharf  James Island  Other ______ Daniel Island If Yes, how many times do you normally use DASH per month? _____ Times/Month

If No, please explain why you have not used DASH:

20 21

86

10. Is your profession directly related to the tourism industry, such as hotels, , restaurants, or tour companies?

 Yes  No

Part III. Demographic Information:

1. Your gender:  Male  Female

2. In which year were you born? 19______

3. How many children under 18 years of age do you have in your household? _____

4. Which of the following best describes your current employment status (Check only one)?

 Full Time Homemaker  Student (Part-Time)  Student (Full-Time)

 Unemployed  Retired  Employed (Full-Time)

 Employed (Part-Time)  Self-Employed

 Other ( please specify): ______

5. Comments:

22

87 NEIGHBORHOOD INPUT 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99

The Radcliffeborough Association Tourism Suggestions are listed below. Suggestions appear to be simple, but will require increased Livability staffing at Code Enforcement. Dan Riccio cannot achieve these improvements without more manpower.

1. Parking Control 2. Trash Control 3. Noise Control 4. Public Rest Room Placement 5. Limitation of and Entertainment Development.

Radcliffeboroug's main area of concern is still St. Philip Street. Parking garage, bar and restaurant developers have all descended on this land area in the last year. Originally a Ine of small houses, this area has undergone multiple demolitions, and must now be carefully redeveloped in keeping with the residential character of Radcliffeborough's preserved interior. Let's not repeat the land use wrongs of Sears again on the same street. Both commercial and religious interests must be included in this land use control design.

Please thank Tim and Yvonne for their never-ending assistance. Yvonne and I have worked together on Radcliffeborough improvements for some thirty years. keep up the good work. 100

Comments and Recommendations Regarding Tourism Related Issues Affecting Dockside Neighborhood

Several thoughts : The French Quarter -- What is the status of the cruise terminal ? We have been away for the past four months on a World Cruise. Great experience. All the Presented to the Tourism Management Plan Advisory Committee ports were delighted to see us. It is my observation that the congestion in the downtown ares is the same whether a cruise ship is port or not. If the intent is to limit the amount of visitors to our lovely city, In May of 1997, the City of Charleston, Charleston Area Convention and Visitors Bureau, we should have restricted the number of hotels, restraints, bars and flights. I am one of the few residents who enjoy sharing our home with College of Charleston, Historic Charleston Foundation, National Trust for Historic Preservation visitors and certainly support the cruise industry. and Preservation Society of Charleston co-sponsored an all day tourism management forum. All that said, we need the following improvements: The forum was the result of increasing concerns related to tourism in the historic district. The Light rail facilities. Charleston is one of the few major tourist issues rose at the forum covered congestion caused by touring vehicles, enforcement of tourism destinations without a convenient way to get around.i realize subways and canals are impractical. management ordinances and the continued debate of knowing when enough tourism is enough- Parking lots outside the city with rapid rail connections downtown. -can we define our capacity for tourism? Cost to build should not be a limiting factor. Definitely need more upscale restrooms. Trolly buses are much too large for our narrow streets. Most have few riders. As a result of the tourism management forum, the City established a committee that was given Jack Evans. President, Dockside Association the task of updating the 1994 Tourism Management Plan. According to the Executive Summary contained in the 1998 update, “the issues addressed are categorized much as they were in the 1994 Tourism Management Plan: Long Range Planning, Tourism Ordinance Enforcement

and City Image, Tourist Related Vehicles and Transportation. The one major difference

during this update was the addition of a thorough review of the tourism ordinance

Hampton Park Terrace enforcement system. “ The neighborhood (Hampton Park Terrace) has not been directly impacted.

It is now 2014 and sadly those issues raised at the forum and in the 1998 report still have not

been resolved, and tourism is up 70% since 1994. We understand there has to be a healthy balance between residents and tourists; yet, the quality of life in the French Quarter continues to be negatively impacted. In order to develop meaningful recommendations, the newly formed Tourism Management Plan Advisory Committee will need to take a holistic approach to “tourism” and address concerns in a comprehensive fashion.

The management of tourism related issues exists in silos – the Tourism Commission (of which I

am a member) address carriages, tour guides, buses and mini-vans, another department has responsibility for special events which have grown immensely, yet another issues permits for the ever increasing requests for filming TV series, commercials, etc., and of course, the SPA has

responsibility for cruise ships. Yet none of these exist in a vacuum. Each affects the other and taken together can create a perfect storm of havoc – traffic standstills, no parking for residents, the inability of residents to get to their homes during events and, importantly, the absence of quiet enjoyment for our residents. Charleston needs a comprehensive management plan that incorporates all factors affecting tourism and/or tourist type events. 101

The French Quarter, in particular, is affected by street closures due to events, filming and/or cruise ships and the sheer volume of people attending festivals, special events such as parades and races, the resulting loss of residential parking and carriage tours with sometimes 2 and 3 carriages back-to-back on our fairly narrow streets.

In summary, the critical issues that affect our residents’ quality of life and quiet enjoyment of their property include:

• Lack of comprehensive management policy – need coordination among City departments and a full-time, proven, professional Tourism Executive overseeing all aspects. • Number of tourism vehicles on the streets at any one time – perhaps cap the number of motor coaches, mini-vans at a lower number than is presently approved. • Traffic congestion due to motor coaches parking on Concord and exiting via Vendue and East Bay. These large coaches should be parking at the visitors’ center. This is especially an issue for our residents living east of East Bay. • Lack of enforcement of existing tourism ordinances – while the Parking Enforcement Officers have increased their activity and helped our streets, we see no evidence of any Tourism Enforcement Officers. Enforcement could alleviate some congestion. • Residential parking and traffic – perhaps develop remote parking locations with shuttle vans to accommodate out of state visitors. Other cities have developed similar programs. • Increase in number of special events which often necessitate street closures – we would appreciate a policy for advance notice and consultation with neighborhood associations prior to issuing permits for new events and/or filming. Also, a cap on the number of events would be appropriate. • Public restrooms – need more signage for current locations

The French Quarter is a tiny neighborhood compared with many others in our city, yet it is one of the most beautiful and historic. Our residents have proudly invested in this neighborhood and willingly share the neighborhood with theaters, restaurants, businesses, hotels and bars and tourists. Yet with the substantial increase in tourist numbers and the impact on parking, pollution and traffic congestion, this neighborhood is becoming ever more fragile. We are proud to live in such a charming, historic area and implore this Advisory Committee to give serious consideration to our concerns and suggestions.

Respectfully submitted,

Susan Bass

President 102

Advisory Committee to the Charleston Tourism Management Plan Update

Quality of Life Subcommittee Report December 8, 2014

The Subcommittee notes that the purpose of Charleston’s Tourism Ordinance is “to maintain, protect and promote the tourism industry and economy of the city and, at the same time, to maintain and protect the tax base and land values of the city, to reduce unnecessary traffic and pollution and to maintain and promote aesthetic charm and the quality of life for the residents of the city”.

The Subcommittee endorses the 1998 Update which focused on the following goals and objectives:

“to preserve the quality of life of residential neighborhoods” “to manage tourism for the benefit of residents, industry and tourists” “to preserve Charleston and its uniqueness” “to encourage economic diversity” “to understand and mitigate negative tourism impacts” “to promote a diverse product mix” “to plan a thoughtful integration of future waterfront development with existing city fabric” “to anticipate change, to identify and plan for potential tourism related threats to Charleston’s character”

To accomplish these, the 1998 Update resolved to “discourage any significant increase in tourist numbers during peak months” and “adopt as a central goal the maintenance of a healthy resident‐to‐tourist balance”. The Update also: ‐‐found that a twelve month calendar of peak volumes would be unacceptable ‐‐encouraged the reduction of downtown traffic congestion ‐‐contemplated future Cooper River waterfront development of

QUALITY OF LIFE REPORT mixed use with an emphasis on residential, recreational and educational uses

103

‐2‐ ‐3‐

‐‐recommended four full time and four part time Tourism A key recommendations is to co‐ordinate and balance matters related to Enforcement Officers the tourism economy and residents’ quality of life by creating a ‐‐recommended at annual tourism management forum centralized administrative unit covering tourism regulation, promotion, ‐‐recognized the significant contribution of residents of the monitoring, enforcement, data gathering, special events, filming and historic district “who pay for the preservation of the primary livability. historic attractions” A second key recommendation is for the City to perform a fully funded, All of these observations and recommendations continue to apply and thorough traffic/mobility/parking study that covers the peninsula (and should remain the backbone of the Advisory Committee’s Report. The traffic to and from the peninsula), with an objective to reduce vehicular Report should note the substantial increase in tourist and special events traffic on the peninsula. activity. The objectives to maintain a balance, reduce peak season activity (extended now to March‐May) and not develop year‐round peak Also, an annual tourism update review should monitor implementation activity are even more necessary today. of 2014 Plan recommendations and address evolving issues.

Neighborhood associations were asked to submit observations and Special Events. Parades, races and walks have multiplied in the historic recommendations to the Advisory Committee which the Subcommittee district since 1998, with accompanying crowds and street closures, and has considered. The submissions emphasize the impacts of the growth now with significant filming activity added. The limit has been reached, of tourism on livability, the “over full” conditions of peak months and and the activity should be spread. the need to restore a reasonable tourist‐to‐resident balance. The Advisory Committee Report should note the issues raised by the Parking. The quality of life for many residents, who experience tourism neighborhood. activity at least nine hours a day‐‐365 days a year‐‐would be greatly enhanced if they had to compete less for parking spaces convenient to The Subcommittee has organized recommendations under goals to: their homes. A resident focused parking regime, as practiced in many ‐‐reduce congestion other cities, should be developed by neighborhood associations and the ‐‐reduce the impact of special events City for those neighborhoods of high tourist activity. This ‐‐improve resident parking recommendation is critical to maintaining the balance between ‐‐improve tourist communication residential life and tourism. The City should develop a remote parking ‐‐manage the impact of cruise ships. area for visitors with regular shuttle service in non‐polluting shuttle vehicles. Congestion. The observations in the 1998 Update remain true, but with a 70% increase in tourism in an area that is no larger than in 1998. Communications. Tourists should recognize that in visiting the historic Congestion has many contributors, including carriage tours, walking district they are mainly in quiet residential neighborhoods with limited tours, tours buses, motor coaches, house tours, hotel proliferation, tourist facilities. Better signage can address the situation. pedicabs, cruise ship traffic, rental bicycles, special events, etc. The limit has been reached and everyone should contribute to a reduction in Cruise Ships. The risk exists that the character of the historic district congestion. We propose strategies to reduce congestion. becomes overwhelmed, to the detriment of residents and land‐based heritage tourists alike, by the prospect of more and larger cruise ships 104

Cruise Ship Recommendations: Draft

The work of the Tourism Management Advisory Committee over the past several months has generated a greater understanding of tourism’s impact on many aspects of the City’s life and of the interconnections among various areas of the industry. In particular, data provided by the College of Charleston shows double- or triple-digit increases in many categories, including:

 70% increase in visitor volume since 1994  63% increase in the number of special events in the City since 2009 (there were 414 permits issued in 2013 alone)  547% increase in the number of cruise ship passengers since 2000

In this context the Committee felt that it fell within the scope of its work to address the impact of cruise ships upon the balance between residential life and tourism activities. The pros and cons of current cruise ship operations have been amply attested elsewhere; the goal of this document is simply to suggest ways to manage the impact of cruise ships as a component of tourism, particularly given the proximity of cruise activity to the already-strained historic district.

Moreover, the projected growth of the cruise industry, and the anticipated increase in the size of ships themselves, prompt us to consider not only present impacts, but also the possible effects upon the trajectory of land-based and upon future generations of Charleston residents. The Committee recognizes, too, that the federal permitting process will entail a Section 106 study of the impacts on the historic district along with steps to minimize and mitigate those impacts.

With these considerations in mind, the Committee proposes the following recommendations for managing the impact of cruise ships:

 Continue the dialogue on the installation of shore power, as recommended by the South Carolina Medical Association and the Charleston County Medical Society, and included as a proviso in the South Carolina state budget  Explore ways to coordinate and manage the calendar to avoid cruise ship arrivals on the days of major events such as the Bridge Run, Spoleto Festival opening, and college graduations  Evaluate the possibility of remote passenger parking to reduce congestion  With an eye to the future, continue to study ways to strengthen the voluntary agreement limiting the number and size of cruise ships visiting Charleston  Study the possibility of defraying the costs the City incurs in supporting the cruise ship industry by charging a passenger head tax

Thirty years ago, it was thought impossible to place limits on the numbers of buses and carriages on the streets of Charleston. A courageous and forward-thinking mayor saw things differently, and because of his foresight our city has been able to manage the challenges of tourism as they have arisen. The increase in

CRUISE SHIP RECOMMENDATIONS cruise ship traffic is one of the challenges of the present moment. The Committee is grateful for the steps that have already been taken, and offers the above in the hopes of continued improvement in managing the impact of cruise ships upon our city.

105 106

DIVISION 8. ‐ SPECIAL EVENTS COMMITTEE

FOOTNOTE(S):

--- (8) --- Editor's note— Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, adopted July 20, 2010, set out provisions intended for use as § 2-183 et seq. Inasmuch as there were already provisions so designated, these provisions have been included as div. 8, § 2-185 et seq., at the discretion of the editor. Sec. 2‐185. ‐ Title.

This division shall be known as and cited as the "special events ordinance." (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) Sec. 2‐186. ‐ Purpose.

The city council finds and declares that it is in the public interest to regulate events on the public streets, public property and events held on private property under certain circumstances pursuant to the police powers of the city in order to maintain, protect and promote the public health, safety and welfare of the citizens, residents and visitors of the City of Charleston. (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) Sec. 2‐187. ‐ Definitions.

The following words and phrases when used in the special events ordinance shall have the following meanings: Annual event means an event recurring each year at approximately the same date which has previously complied with the permit requirements of the special events ordinance. Applicant means the sponsor or authorized agent of the sponsor who completes the special event or temporary use event application, as applicable, and acts as primary contact for the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. Application means a written request on a form or forms that sets forth the information required to be provided by the special events ordinance. Commercial film/photographic event means movies, commercials, or fashion industry photography on public property, including public streets, sidewalks, trails and/or other public place. Festival means a stationary event on public property, including public streets, sidewalks, trails and/or other public place, held one day or more and includes fairs, carnivals, rallies, concerts, and sporting events. General liability insurance means a form of business liability insurance to protect a business or entity from injury or death claims, property damages and advertising claims. Liquor liability insurance means a form of business liability insurance to protect a business or entity from injury or death claims or property damages from distribution or sale of alcoholic beverages. Major event means an event which impacts multiple city departments, has one thousand (1,000) or more people in attendance, and has an impact on a public street, right-of-way, and/or a city-owned or managed park or facility. Medium event means an event which impacts multiple city departments, has more than five hundred (500) and less than one thousand (1,000) people in attendance, and has an impact on a public street,

SPECIAL EVENTS ORDINANCE right-of-way, and/or a city-owned or managed park or facility.

Page 1 107

Parade means any organized group marching or in procession, whether on foot, animal, or vehicle, serve until their successors have been appointed and qualified. For purpose of committee action, a held on public property, including public streets, sidewalks, trails and/or other public place. quorum of the committee shall consist of four (4) voting members of the committee in attendance. Small event means an event which impacts multiple city departments, has less than five hundred (c) Powers. The committee shall act as an administrative board and have authority to approve and issue (500) and people in attendance, and has an impact on a public street, right-of-way, and/or a city-owned or special events and temporary use event permits upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the managed park or facility. special events ordinance; coordinate with city departments and other governmental agencies for the provision of governmental services as needed to support special events and temporary use event Special event means a pre-planned activity sponsored by an individual, group, organization or entity permit events; collect special event permit fees and discharge such other duties as may be assigned proposed to be held on public property, including public streets, sidewalks, trails, facilities, parks, or other by the mayor. property owned or managed by the city which would significantly impact either public property and/or normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic requiring the use of city services, and which shall include but not (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) be limited to a parade, foot race, bike or wheeled race, celebration, amusement event, cultural recognition, sporting event, demonstration, competition, commercial movie or television production, Sec. 2‐189. ‐ Application; processing of special event and temporary use event permits and conducting photography shoot, commercial for-profit event, charitable cause, or other similar activity. special event and temporary use event permit evaluations. A special event shall also include events at the VRTC bus shed and events on private property at Special event and temporary use event permits shall be obtained from the committee prior to which members of the public pay to attend and alcohol is to be served or at which members of the public hosting, conducting, holding or staging a special event or a temporary use event. Prior to a special event can purchase alcoholic beverages for onsite consumption. or temporary use event permit being issued, the following procedure shall be followed: A special event shall not include the following: (a) An application shall be submitted to the city by the special events or temporary use event permit (a) An event confined exclusively within the interior areas of the Old Exchange Building, the applicant accompanied by the applicable city special events or temporary use event permit Charleston Maritime Center and that portion of the open area adjacent to the Charleston processing fee as set forth on the city special events fee schedule, marked as Exhibit A, Maritime Center, the historic VRTC building and the Gaillard Auditorium and its front porch and incorporated by reference herein. The application shall list the location and/or route, date, and adjacent parking lot as identified in such facilities' annual approved operations plan as set forth time of the proposed special event or event requiring a temporary use event permit. For a major in section 2-189(p), provided these facilities operate in compliance with their approved annual event, the application shall be filed at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the date of operations plan during any special event. the proposed special event; for a medium event, the application shall be filed at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of the proposed special event; for a small event, the application shall be (b) A news broadcast. filed at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the proposed special event; for a temporary use (c) An event that is held on private property in a residential neighborhood that is not required to permit, the application shall be filed at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the proposed obtain a temporary use event permit as defined herein. event requiring a temporary use event permit, and for a commercial film and photography event, the application shall be filed at least three (3) days or seventy-two (72) hours prior to the A special event may not include a private event at a city park, playground or recreation facility where no proposed special event to allow adequate review of the application by the committee. First time alcohol is served; however, such an event may require a park permit, the requirements of which are set events are encouraged to list several options for location, route, date, and time. Notwithstanding forth in section 22-4(l) of this Code. the foregoing, the city reserves the right to: (i) process and approve a special event application Temporary use event means an event that requires a temporary use event permit. for a major or medium event at a city-owned facility in less than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the proposed special event if exigent circumstances exist in the sole opinion of the city; and Temporary use event permit means a permit required when an event is held on private property in a (ii) issue an annual temporary use event permit to private property owners who routinely host residential neighborhood in which members of the public are not permitted but at which two hundred fifty events that require a temporary use event permit provided the private property owner has (250) or more persons are anticipated to be in attendance, sound [is] to be amplified which carries submitted and received an approved operations plan from the special events committee on an beyond the boundaries of such private property, and the event is anticipated to impact available on-street annual basis, said operations plan to include but are not be limited to acceptable alcohol parking and city service responses. management and security measures governing its events. (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) (b) The special events committee shall review the application to determine if the proposed special event or temporary use event can be approved. The committee shall meet with the applicant to Sec. 2‐188. ‐ Created; membership; powers; duties and responsibilities. review and evaluate the application for compliance with the requirements herein and prioritize locations and/or routes, if necessary (the "meeting"). Prior to the meeting, the applicant shall be (a) Created. There is hereby created the special events committee (the "committee"). required to provide the committee with a complete package of information on the proposed (b) Membership. The committee shall be appointed by the mayor and shall consist of seven (7) special event or temporary use event at least ten (10) business days prior to the meeting members, one of whom shall be an employee of the department of parks or his designee; one of including, but not limited to the following information: whom shall be an employee of the department of recreation-recreation facilities division or his (1) Description of the proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable. designee; one of whom shall be an employee of the department of traffic and transportation—parking meters division or his designee; one of whom shall be an employee of the police department—traffic (2) A tentative site plan which may include designating the location of entrances and exits, and special operations division or his designee; one of whom shall be an employee of the retail, food, and alcoholic beverage vendors, tents, stages, bleachers, signs or banners, department of planning, preservation and sustainability—neighborhood services division or his portable restrooms and sinks, electric and water hookups, first aid stations, fire designee; one of whom shall be an employee of the executive department—cultural affairs division extinguishers, garbage and recycling receptacles, barricades, hazardous materials, and or his designee; and one of whom shall be an employee of the office of the clerk of council—tourism security. division or his designee. All members shall be voting members. The members of the committee shall (3) A security plan.

Page 2 Page 3 108

(4) A sanitation plan which includes provisions for trash removal and recycling removal. controlled area for the serving and consumption of alcoholic beverages during the event may be required. (5) A traffic control plan. b. No alcoholic beverages shall be served within thirty (30) minutes of the conclusion of (6) An alcohol plan. the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. No more than two (2) (7) An Amplified sound plan. alcoholic beverages shall be served to any person at any one time during a special event or temporary use event, as applicable. (8) The time of all activities associated with the proposed special event or temporary use event. c. No alcoholic beverages shall be served to any person at a special event unless such person has been issued a wristband by the special event permittee which indicates (c) The meeting shall also include a discussion of the committee's comments and possible that the person has shown valid proof of being at least twenty-one (21) years of age. conditions and fees. d. The special event permittee or temporary use event permittee, as applicable, and its (d) Once a special event or temporary use event permit application is approved, the committee invitees shall be in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local statutes, shall send a notification letter to the applicant listing fees and special conditions. Special event ordinances, rules, regulations, licenses and permits, including permits required by the fees shall be paid by the applicant thirty (30) days prior to the date of the special event or South Carolina Alcohol Beverage Commission, governing the special event or temporary use event, as applicable, and a stamped permit is given to applicant within five (5) temporary use event, as applicable. days of the committee's receipt of payment of the required fees and any other documentation required by the committee, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible. e. No alcoholic beverages other than those alcoholic beverages served by the special event permittee or the temporary use event permittee, as applicable, shall be (e) The applicant shall provide written notification to: (i) the city councilmember in whose district the permitted within the controlled area as described in section 2-189(h)(2)a. for special special event or temporary use event, as applicable, shall occur; and (ii) the impacted events or within the temporary use event, as applicable. neighborhood president(s) and business(es) advising of the approval of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable, and listing date(s), time(s), and location/route thereof no (i) Security. The special event permittee or temporary use event permittee, as applicable, shall be later than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the special event or temporary use event, as required to provide adequate security for its special event or temporary use event, as applicable. A reminder notice to: (i) the city councilmember in whose district the special event or applicable, as directed by the chief of police, including the hiring of off-duty police officers and/or temporary use event, as applicable, shall occur; and (ii) the impacted neighborhood president(s) security enforcement officers as approved by the chief of police or his designee. and business(es) shall also be sent by the applicant fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the (j) Considerations in granting a special event permit or temporary use event permit, as applicable. special event or temporary use event, as applicable, and which shall contain all of the In deciding whether to approve, approve with conditions, or deny a special event permit or information required in the initial notice as specified above. temporary use event permit, as applicable, the committee shall determine whether: (f) A post special event or temporary use event, as applicable, evaluation shall be conducted by (1) The proposed special event or a temporary use event, as applicable, can function safely. the committee or its chair. The evaluation may include a survey of impacted residents and/or businesses, a meeting with the applicant and feedback from the committee. (2) The use of police and fire resources to support the proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable, shall not deny reasonable police and fire protection to the city. (g) Events subject to alcohol policy requirements. (3) The proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable, shall not cause (1) A temporary use event on private property in a residential neighborhood in which the irreconcilable interference with previously approved and/or scheduled construction, members of the public are not permitted but at which two hundred fifty (250) or more maintenance, another special event, another event that has been granted a temporary use persons are anticipated to be in attendance, sound is to be amplified, the event is event permit or other activity or activities. anticipated to require on-street parking and alcohol is to be served. A temporary use event shall be exempt from the requirements of subsections (h)(2)a. and (h)(2)c. below. (4) The proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable, can provide an adequate traffic control plan for traffic control and parking management and which may (2) A special event on private property at which members of the public pay to attend and require accommodating transportation and parking demand management measures. alcohol is to be served or at which members of the public can purchase alcoholic beverages for onsite consumption. (5) The location and route plan of the proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable, meets the criteria established in the special events ordinance. (3) A special event in/on city-owned and/or operated facilities, including city parks, where alcohol is to be served. (k) Conditions authorized and additional permits and licenses. The committee may include in a special event permit or temporary use event permit, among other provisions: (h) Requirements of alcohol policy. (1) Reasonable terms and/or conditions as to the time, place, and manner of the special event (1) Certification/training. The special event permittee or temporary use event permittee, as or temporary use event permit, as applicable. applicable, shall be required to utilize at least one bartender and/or floor/door monitor with certification from a smart serve or servers intervention program or an equivalent alcohol (2) Compliance with health and sanitary regulations, emergency services, and security. server training program as approved by the city. The city reserves the right to increase the (3) Additional permits and/or licenses as are required to meet the conditions established by number of bartenders and floor/door monitors as required to satisfy public safety. the special event permit or temporary use event permit, as applicable, and/or other city (2) Controls. ordinances, including but not limited to city business licenses, building permits, and county or state code permits. a. The special event permittee shall be required to establish a controlled entrance and exit location by the posting of signage stating that alcoholic beverages are prohibited (4) In order to accommodate other concurrent special events or temporary use events, as beyond the permitted area. As required by the chief of police or his designee, a applicable, the rights of adjacent property owners and the needs of the public to use

Page 4 Page 5 109

streets or parks, additional conditions may be imposed on the applicant which may include, (1) Each facility has an annual approved operations plan, which shall include but not limited to but not be limited to, reasonable adjustments in the date, time, route or location of the acceptable alcohol management and security measures, which is approved by the proposed special event or temporary use event, as applicable, as well as accommodations committee. for pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic using public right-of-ways and limitations on the (2) Each facility complies with its approved operations plan while hosting events which are duration of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. exclusively confined within the defined interior areas of such facility. (l) Application and permit fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, events at the VRTC bus shed shall require a special events (1) All special events and events that require a temporary use event permit shall be subject to permit. the payment of all applicable fees set forth in the city special events fee schedule as approved by city council. (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) (2) Additional fees may include department of parks user fees and deposits enumerated in the Sec. 2‐190. ‐ Penalty and retention of deposits. park permit fee structure as set forth in section 22-4(l) of this Code ("park permit fees"). Park permit fees associated with permit conditions, including but not limited to electrical, Any person violating any provision of the special events ordinance shall be subject to the general security, meter bags or fire permits are in addition to the above special events fee schedule penalty set forth in section 1-16 of this Code. In addition, the special events committee shall have the and are the sole responsibility of the applicant. authority to retain deposit(s) in the event a permittee of a special event or temporary use event, as applicable, causes the city to incur costs or damage(s) as a result of permittee's special event or (3) All fees and deposits are due thirty (30) days prior to the date of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable, and to pursue any other remedy against a permittee of a special temporary use event, as applicable. Subject to the city's authority as set forth in section 2- event or temporary use event, as applicable, available to the city at law or in equity for a violation of any 190, deposits shall be refunded within fourteen (14) business days following the special provision of this special events ordinance. event or temporary use event, as applicable, if all conditions are followed, and with respect to a special event, public property on which the special event is held is left in good (Ord. No. 2010-114, § 1, 7-20-2010) condition and without damage. Failure to comply with restrictions and conditions of a special events permit or temporary use event permit, as applicable, shall cause an automatic forfeiture of the security deposit(s). (4) Subject to the city's authority as set forth in section 2-190, refunds for fees and deposits charged pursuant to the special events fee schedule are refundable (minus the application fee), if the special event or temporary use event, as applicable, is canceled after such permit is issued, and written notice is received by the special events committee five (5) business days prior to the date of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. (m) Hold harmless. As a condition to the issuance of any special events permit or temporary use event permit, as applicable, the permittee of a special event or temporary use event permit, as applicable, shall agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the city, its officers, employees and agents, for and against any and all suits, claims, damages, costs or liabilities caused by or arising out of any use authorized by the permittee of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. (n) Insurance requirements. The permittee of a special event or temporary use event, as applicable, shall provide general liability insurance insuring the special event or temporary use event, as applicable, and shall name the city as an additional insured on such general liability insurance policy. certificates of insurance shall be submitted to the city for approval at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the date of the special event or temporary use event, as applicable. The following limits of insurance are required per individual occurrence: (1) General liability of one million dollars ($1,000,000.00). (2) Liquor liability of one million dollars ($1,000,000.00), if alcohol is served. (o) Promulgation of procedures. The committee, with the approval of the mayor and corporation counsel, may promulgate procedures for the purpose of implementing the special events ordinance or to carry out other responsibilities as may be required by the special events ordinance or other codes, ordinances of the city or other agencies. (p) Requirements for certain city-owned facilities. Events which are exclusively confined within the interior areas of the Old Exchange Building, the Charleston Maritime Center, the historic VRTC building and the Gaillard Auditorium shall not be required to obtain a special events permit provided:

Page 6 Page 7 110

ARTICLE I. ‐ IN GENERAL

Sec. 29‐1. ‐ Findings of fact.

The city council finds and declares that because the number of tourists coming to the city in recent years has increased dramatically, it is in the public interest that sightseeing vehicles, tour guides and certain commercial passenger vehicles which travel in the old city district and old and historic district of the city be regulated under the police power of the city. It is the purpose of such regulation to maintain, protect and promote the tourism industry and economy of the city and, at the same time, to maintain and protect the tax base and land values of the city, to reduce unnecessary traffic and pollution and to maintain and promote aesthetic charm and the quality of life for the residents of the city. The city council finds, further, that the numbers of unregulated tour vehicles and other commercial vehicles entering the city for the purpose of touring the historic districts are having adverse effects upon the health, safety and welfare of the citizens of the city and that traffic accidents, damage to property, traffic congestion and other problems require the enactment by the city of a comprehensive tourism management ordinance. The council also finds that responsibilities for tourism management are of sufficient scope and complexity to justify a separate ordinance and organizational entity from that required for the administration of the arts and history interests of the city. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 1, 5-10-83) Sec. 29‐2. ‐ Definitions.

Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the following terms, where used in this chapter, shall have the following meaning: Amplifying device shall mean any equipment or apparatus that broadens or magnifies the human voice, music or any other sound. Animal-drawn vehicle shall mean a vehicle which meets the design standards of section 29-207 and is pulled by carriage horses, dray horses or mules and is used for the purpose of touring for hire. Articulated vehicles shall mean any motorized vehicles that are comprised of a lead compartment having attached thereto one or more other compartmentalized sections, segments or other units that are designed primarily for transporting passengers and which are sometimes referred to as "conch trains." Certificate of appropriateness shall mean a certificate authorizing the use of a certain motor vehicle or animal-drawn vehicle for touring purposes. Charter route shall mean an approved route of travel for certain touring vehicles on file in the office of the director of tourism. City building shall mean any structure owned, operated, maintained or controlled by the City of Charleston. Commission shall mean the commission. Districts shall mean the old and historic district and the old city district. Large buses shall mean passenger vehicles longer than twenty-five (25) feet but not longer than forty (40) feet in length and used for the purpose of touring. Old and historic district shall mean that portion of the city that is so designated from time to time on the official zoning map of the city. Old city district shall mean that portion of the city that is so designated from time to time on the official zoning map of the city. Per capita touring shall mean the conduct of tours of individuals who are not affiliated with one another, as opposed to tours of organized groups.

Page 1 TOURISM ORDINANCE 111

Perimeter route shall mean an approved route of travel for certain touring vehicles on file in the office Sec. 29‐4. ‐ Limitation on operation of vehicles on Battery and White Point Gardens. of the director of tourism. Private passenger automobile shall mean a standard family passenger automobile, including a No peddlers shall operate in the area known as White Point Gardens and the Battery, or within one station wagon, used for the purpose of touring, and shall not include a van, panel truck or other vehicle. block of Murray Boulevard, or East Battery or South Battery between King Street and Murray Boulevard; provided, however, the city council may award a franchise for the sale of drinks or frozen ice products in Public right-of-way shall mean any street, highway, sidewalk, parkway or alley that is owned, such areas and under such terms and conditions as the city council may provide. controlled, maintained or operated by the city. (Code 1975, § 45-24; Ord. No. 1980-115, § 2, 10-28-80) Registered tour guide shall mean a person who has passed the examination and received the certificate referred to in this chapter. Sec. 29‐5. ‐ Limitation on operation of vendors near churches or places of worship.

Small bus shall mean a vehicle larger than a private passenger automobile, but twenty-six (26) feet No vendor may operate within fifty (50) feet of the entrance to any church or place of worship. in length or less and used for the purpose of touring for hire. However, a small bus may be greater than twenty-six (26) feet in length but no more than twenty-six (26) feet six (6) inches in length if such bus is (Code 1975, § 45-25; Ord. No. 1980-115, § 3, 10-28-80) accessible to persons with disabilities and meets all requirements of the federal Americans with Secs. 29‐6—29‐15. ‐ Reserved. Disabilities Act and if such bus is operating pursuant to the exception set forth in Section 29-115. Temporary tour guide shall mean a person who has passed the examination and received the ARTICLE II. ‐ ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT certificate referred to in this chapter. Theme vehicles shall mean any motorized vehicle which displays a subject or topic of discourse or of DIVISION 1. ‐ GENERALLY artistic representation, possesses a theme park-like appearance, or is manufactured prior to 1963 or any replica thereof including but not limited to trolleys, stagecoaches, double-decker buses or replicas thereof. Tour or touring shall mean the conducting of or the participation in sightseeing in the districts for hire or in combination with a request for donations. Sec. 29‐16. ‐ Appeals generally.

Tour guide shall mean any person who acts or offers to act as a guide for hire through any part of the Any citizen aggrieved by a decision or interpretation of the tourism director in enforcing this chapter districts, including but not limited to pedestrians and persons within automobiles, motor vehicles or horse- may appeal such decision to the commission within fifteen (15) days after the tourism director issues a drawn vehicles when the primary purpose of riding in such vehicles is not transportation, but touring the written decision. Such appeal shall be taken by filing with the tourism director and with the commission a historic areas of the city. written notice of appeal stating the grounds thereof. The tourism director shall immediately transmit to the (Ord. No. 1983-22, §§ 3, 19, 25, 31, 37, 45, 57, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1985-148, § 1, 12-17-85; Ord. No. commission all papers and matters constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was 1995-488, § 2, 10-10-95; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 1—3, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 1999-134, § 1, 9-20-99; Ord. taken. No. 2004-146, § 1, 1-23-04; Ord. No. 2009-62, § 1, 4-28-09) (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 73, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 5, 9-22-98) Cross reference— Rules of construction and definitions generally, § 1-2. Sec. 29‐17. ‐ Hearing on suspension, revocation or appeal. (a) Should the director serve notice of suspension or revocation of a license or certificate, the notice of Sec. 29‐3. ‐ Operation of motorized vehicles by peddlers in the old and historic district. suspension or revocation shall advise the holder of the time and location of the hearing and the right to present evidence and to be represented by counsel. The hearing shall be informal and the It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the business of a peddler from any vehicle or trailer decision of the commission shall be final. Should the commission order the suspension or revocation that is parked, placed or stopped in or upon any city street or in any parking space, right-of-way, driveway of a certificate or should the holder fail to appear at the hearing, the suspension or revocation shall or sidewalk alongside of or next to any parking meter on any city street in the old and historic district in take effect at the closing of the hearing. the city except as provided herein. The word "peddler," as used in this section, shall include any person traveling by motor vehicle, or any other type of conveyance, other than a hand-pushed cart, from place to (b) A hearing on an appeal shall be heard in a similar manner. The filing of an appeal to the commission place, from house to house, or from street to street, carrying, conveying, transporting goods, wares, shall stay all proceedings thereunder until a final decision of the commission is rendered. merchandise, food, drinks, concessions, or provisions for sale, or making sales and delivering articles to (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 74, 5-10-83) purchasers; provided, however, the council finds that the area known as Robert Mills Manor is not generally impacted by tourist-related traffic, is an area that is less congested, and one in which the Sec. 29‐18. ‐ Appeal to council. structures generally are not of similar age as other structures in the old and historic district and therefore excepts from the operation of this section the following streets: Any person or persons jointly or severally aggrieved by a decision of the commission may appeal such decision to the city council within thirty (30) days after the commission issues a written decision. (1) Logan Street from Magazine to Beaufain. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 75, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 6, 9-22-98) (2) Magazine Street from Logan to Franklin. (3) Wilson from Franklin to Beaufain. Sec. 29‐19. ‐ Appeal of council's decision to court.

(4) Cromwell Street from Franklin to Smith. (a) Any person or persons jointly or severally aggrieved by any final decision of the city council may (Code 1975, § 45-23; Ord. No. 1980-115, § 1, 10-28-80; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 4, 9-22-98) present to the court of common pleas a petition duly verified setting forth that the decision of the

Page 2 Page 3 112

tourism commission is illegal, in whole or in part, specifying the grounds of illegality. Such petition (1) Business means a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, firm, an enterprise, a franchise, an shall be presented to the court within thirty (30) days after the filing of the decision of the association, organization, or a self-employed individual. commission. (2) Business with which he is associated means a business of which the person or a member of his (b) Upon the presentation of such petition, the court may allow a writ of certiorari directed to the tourism immediate family is a director, officer, owner, employee, a compensated agent, or holder of commission to review such decision of the tourism commission, and shall prescribe therein the time stock worth one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) or more at fair market value and which within which a return thereto must be made and served upon the petitioner or his attorney, which constitutes five (5) per cent or more of the total outstanding stock of any class. shall be not less than thirty (30) days. The allowance of the writ shall not stay proceedings upon the (3) Immediate family means: decision appealed from unless the court, or proper application, grants a restraining order. a. A child residing in the member's household; (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 76, 5-10-83) b. A spouse of a member; or an individual claimed by the member as a dependent for income Secs. 29‐20—29‐30. ‐ Reserved. tax purposes. DIVISION 2. ‐ TOURISM COMMISSION (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 5, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1992-198, § 1, 11-10-92; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 7, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2002-49, § 1, 3-26-02) Sec. 29‐33. ‐ Duties and responsibilities.

FOOTNOTE(S): The commission shall:

--- (2) --- (1) Oversee the broad range of tourism-related matters that affect the economic and general welfare of the citizens of the city in order to ensure that visitors can enjoy the historic and Cross reference— City boards and commissions generally, § 2-151 et seq. (Back) cultural aspects of the city's heritage consistent with the maintenance of the environmental Sec. 29‐31. ‐ Establishment. quality of life of its citizens; (2) Make such policy recommendations to the mayor and city council as will further the goals of There is hereby created the City of Charleston Tourism Commission. tourism management, particularly in the areas of parking and routing of tourism-related traffic activities, the qualification and licensing of tour guides, the determination of vehicle (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 4, 5-10-83) appropriateness and the enforcement of tourism management regulations; Sec. 29‐32. ‐ Membership; appointment; terms of office. (3) Hear appeals from the decisions of the director of the mayor's office of tourism; The commission shall be appointed by the mayor upon the advice and consent of the city council (4) Adopt rules for the conduct of its meetings; and shall consist of fourteen (14) voting members including a chairman. Eight (8) members shall be (5) Issue such regulations as the city council may, by ordinance, authorize; persons who have demonstrated their knowledge and appreciation of the history and architecture of the city. Of these eight (8), at least four (4) shall be residents of the Peninsula, three (3) shall be residents (6) Review the annual report of the director and recommend revisions to procedures as required; from areas outside of the Peninsula and one (1) shall be a member of the city council. One (1) member and shall be a member of the business community who shall have demonstrated his or her knowledge of (7) Monitor the enforcement and decisions of the tourism office to ensure consistency with long- business, commerce and urban economics. Effective the first meeting of city council in 2004, the number term tourism planning goals; and of members of the business community who shall have demonstrated his or her knowledge of business, commerce and urban economics shall increase from one (1) to two (2). Four (4) members shall be active (8) Have such other duties and responsibilities as the city council may from time to time direct. participants in some tourism related business or association including but not limited to: (i) the carriage (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 6, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, §§ 8, 9, 9-22-98) tour, walking tour, bus tour or tour guide business; (ii) a downtown convention and visitors bureau; (iii) a hotel and association; or, (iv) a restaurant association. Effective the first meeting of city council in Secs. 29‐34—29‐44. ‐ Reserved. 2004, the number of members who shall be active participants in some tourism related business or association shall decrease from four (4) to three (3). However, unless authorized above, no person may DIVISION 3. ‐ OFFICE OF TOURISM serve as a member of the tourism commission if any business with which that person is associated is regulated by the commission. The mayor of the city shall be a member of the commission. He may be represented at city meetings by a personal voting representative. The term of office, after the initial members, for all members of the commission, except the mayor, shall be three (3) years. Members may be appointed for one (1) additional three-year term, but no more. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be Sec. 29‐45. ‐ Established; director; personnel. only for the unexpired portion of the term. The chairman of the commission shall be appointed annually by the mayor. Any commission member who fails to attend three (3) consecutive meetings without an excuse There is established an office of tourism under the direction of the clerk of council. It shall be staffed from the chairman, or who fails to attend a total of seven (7) meetings in any calendar year, whichever with a director of tourism and such other personnel as may be provided for in the annual budget of the occurs first, shall forfeit his or her seat. city. For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply: (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 7, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 10, 9-22-98) Sec. 29‐46. ‐ Duties of director.

Page 4 Page 5 113

The director of tourism shall: (d) The examinations shall be given no less than four (4) times per calendar year. (1) Oversee the enforcement of the provisions of this chapter; (e) The examinations shall be uniform for all persons taking the examination on the same day. (2) Act as staff to the commission; (f) A passing grade for the written examination shall be at least eighty (80) percent, and the oral examination shall be graded on a pass or fail basis. An applicant must receive a passing grade on (3) Advise city council, the mayor and the commission on matters that affect tourism management both the written and oral examination before being granted a registered tour guide license. in the city; (g) Applicants must pass the written examination before being permitted to take the oral examination. (4) Coordinate the activities of the commission with related commercial activities, with Applicants that pass the written examination but fail the oral examination shall only have to repeat neighborhood organizations and with appropriate civic groups; and the oral examination. (5) Make an annual report to the city council, the mayor and the commission on the activities of his (h) It shall be the duty of the tourism director or her designee to review the examinations and determine office and the commission and the state of tourism in the city. whether or not to grant or refuse the license. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 8, 5-10-83) (i) Individuals found cheating on either portion of the tour guide license exam shall receive a failing Secs. 29‐47—29‐57. ‐ Reserved. grade on the exam and be disqualified from taking the examination for a period of one year. (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) ARTICLE III. ‐ TOUR GUIDES Sec. 29‐60. ‐ Temporary tour guide: license and conditions for grant or refusal of license.

(a) The director of tourism or her designee shall grant licenses for temporary tour guides under the FOOTNOTE(S): following conditions: (1) Temporary tour guides must be sponsored and employed by persons who operate a licensed --- (3) --- tour company; Editor's note— Ord. No. 2007-203, §§ 1, 2, adopted Oct. 23, 2007, substantially amended former Art. III, (2) The applicant must satisfactorily pass a temporary tour guide examination which shall be §§ 29-58—29-66 to read as herein set out. Former Art III pertained to similar subject matter and derived administered by the director of tourism or her designee. Such examination must be scheduled from the following; Ord. No. 1983-22, §§ 9—17, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1986-49, § 1, 5-27-86; Ord. No. 1998- with the office of tourism management department; 174, §§ 11—13, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2001-132, § 1, 12-18-01. (3) At the time of the examination, applicants shall provide the tourism director or her designee with Sec. 29‐58. ‐ License—Required. the following: a. A current driver's license or state issued identification; No person shall act or offer to act as a tour guide in the city for hire unless he or she has first passed a written and an oral examination and is licensed by the city's office of tourism management as a b. A recent photograph; registered tour guide or a temporary tour guide. c. A receipt indicating proof of payment for examination; and (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 1, 10-23-07) d. Such other information as the tourism director or her designee may from time to time require. Cross reference— Licenses, permits and miscellaneous business regulations, Ch. 17. (b) The temporary license shall be valid until the time of the administering of the next regularly scheduled registered tour guide exam or for a period of six (6) months, whichever shall first occur; Sec. 29‐59. ‐ Tour guide: application, examination, and grant or refusal of license. provided, however, that anyone receiving a temporary license within two (2) weeks of the next regularly scheduled registered tour guide exam and who fails such exam, may retain such temporary (a) The written and oral examinations shall be based upon materials approved by the tourism license until the time of the administering of the second regularly scheduled registered tour guide commission which shall be made available to the public by the office of tourism management for a exam after the issuance of the temporary license or for a period of six (6) months after the issuance fee. of the temporary license whichever shall first occur; (b) The tourism director or her designee shall prepare and administer the written and oral examinations (c) The temporary license shall automatically expire at the termination or separation of employment with which are meant to test the applicant's knowledge of the city and its history. the sponsoring employer; (c) At the time of the examinations, applicants shall provide to the tourism director or her designee with (d) The temporary license is nonrenewable, and no temporary tour guide license shall be issued to an the following: individual who has previously held such a license; (1) Current driver's license or state issued identification; (e) The sponsoring employer must prepare and file with the director a script to be used by the temporary (2) A recent photograph; tour guide, which script must be approved for accuracy by the tourism director or her designee; (3) A receipt indicating proof of payment for examination; and (f) No temporary license shall be issued if the number of temporary tour guides employed by a sponsoring company exceeds fifty (50) percent of the number of registered tour guides employed by (4) Such other information as the tourism director or her designee may from time to time require. that company. Should strong extenuating circumstances prevent a company from meeting the fifty

Page 6 Page 7 114

(50) percent requirement, the tourism commission may consider granting a waiver for a specific Sec. 29‐66. ‐ Revocation of license. limited time period; (g) Upon successfully meeting all the requirements, the applicant shall be granted a temporary tour (a) Failure to abide by the provisions of this chapter or any of the ordinances of the City of Charleston or guide license with the word "temporary" prominently displayed on the license. laws of the state in any manner affecting or regulating the activities of the licensee while acting as a tour guide shall be grounds for the suspension for a reasonable time or the revocation of a registered (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) tour guide license or a temporary tour guide license. Sec. 29‐61. ‐ Tour guide and temporary tour guide: license issuance. (b) If in the opinion of the tourism director, a license should be suspended or revoked, he shall give written notice to the holder thereof, by certified mail, of the right to appear before the tourism (a) Upon successfully meeting all the requirements of sections 29-59 and 29-60 of this article and after commission and show cause why the license should not be suspended or revoked. verification of a business license, the applicant shall be issued a registered tour guide license card or (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) temporary tour guide license card by the revenue collections division. (b) First time tour guide applicants and temporary tour guide applicants shall collect their tour guide Secs. 29‐67—29‐80. ‐ Reserved. license or temporary tour guide license from the revenue collections division within thirty (30) days of being notified by the tourism department of their approval for a license. All unclaimed licenses ARTICLE IV. ‐ TRANSPORTATION BY MOTOR VEHICLE FOR PURPOSES OF TOURING pursuant to this section shall automatically expire on the 31st day after notification by the tourism department. FOOTNOTE(S):

(c) The registered tour guide license and temporary tour guide license cards shall remain the property of --- (4) --- the city and must be returned upon expiration, revocation, or suspension. Editor's note— Ord. No. 1998-174, adopted Sept. 22, 1998, substantially amended the various (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) provisions of Art. IV, as noted in the history notes following amended sections. Section 22 of Ord. No. Sec. 29‐62. ‐ Display of license. 1998-174 repealed former Div. 6, §§ 29-159—29-29-161, in its entirety which pertained to extra large buses and renumbered former Divs. 7, 8, as 6, 7. (a) Every person licensed under this article shall wear such tour guide license on his or her person in DIVISION 1. ‐ GENERALLY plain view at all times when exercising the privileges of such license. (b) Additionally, every person licensed under this article, must carry on their person proof of valid business license and picture identification when exercising the privileges of such tour guide license. Sec. 29‐81. ‐ Restricted to certain vehicles. (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) Sec. 29‐63. ‐ Renewal and expiration of registered tour guide license; reexamination. No person shall operate or cause to be operated any motor vehicle for hire for the purpose of conducting tours within the old city district or the old and historic district of the city except in private The license of a registered tour guide shall expire on the third anniversary after its issuance. An passenger automobiles, small buses, charter buses and large buses as provided in this chapter. applicant for reissuance of a license after expiration shall be treated as a new applicant and shall comply (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 18, 5-10-83) with all the provisions of this Chapter then in effect including the requirement of examination; provided, however, that a licensee who has renewed the license annually by the 31st of January with the revenue Secs. 29‐82—29‐92. ‐ Reserved. collections division during each of the three (3) years and has successfully completed such continuing education programs as are required by the tourism commission shall be entitled to extend the expiration DIVISION 2. ‐ PRIVATE PASSENGER AUTOMOBILES of the license without reexamination for another three (3) years. (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) Sec. 29‐64. ‐ Continuing education. Sec. 29‐93. ‐ Certificate of appropriateness not required. The tourism commission shall maintain a list of sources on the history of the city and shall offer No certificate of appropriateness shall be required for private passenger automobiles. continuing education programs and encourage tour guides to participate therein. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 20, 5-10-83) (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07) Sec. 29‐65. ‐ Reporting requirements. Sec. 29‐94. ‐ Route limitations. There are no route limitations on private passenger automobiles. All businesses or tour guides, conducting tours for hire shall file on a monthly basis, in a format required by the office of tourism management, the number of tours conducted and the number of people (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 21, 5-10-83) involved in each tour. Sec. 29‐95. ‐ Registered tour guide required. (Ord. No. 2007-203, § 2, 10-23-07)

Page 8 Page 9 115

No one other than a registered tour guide may conduct a tour for hire in a private passenger (e) Those touring entities having small buses, but which do not conduct regularly scheduled tours, must automobile. A tour guide card will be placed in the rear window of the vehicle while touring for hire. notify the tourism director, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of a tour, of its intention to conduct a tour, and shall then be assigned a route which must be followed on such tour. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 22, 5-10-83) (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 27, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1984-171, § 1, 11-13-84; Ord. No. 1985-148, § 3, 12-17- Sec. 29‐96. ‐ Insurance required. 85) Private passenger automobiles used in conducting tours for hire must carry liability insurance with Sec. 29‐111. ‐ Tour guide required. medical payments (PIP) coverage in amounts required from time to time by the commission. Such policies shall contain no exclusion of coverage while operating vehicles for hire. All tours on small buses must be conducted by a registered or temporary tour guide, and a tour guide card shall be displayed in the lower left hand corner of the front windshield, in plain view clearly visible (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 23, 5-10-83) from outside the vehicle. Sec. 29‐97. ‐ Passenger loading and parking. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 28, 5-10-83) Private passenger automobiles need only comply with the ordinances of the city, the laws of the Sec. 29‐112. ‐ Passenger loading. state regulating traffic generally and with the provisions of article VI of this chapter. No small bus shall pick up or discharge passengers at any location on the public streets or public (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 24, 5-10-83) properties of the city except at duly designated passenger loading zones. Secs. 29‐98—29‐108. ‐ Reserved. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 29, 5-10-83) DIVISION 3. ‐ SMALL BUSES Sec. 29‐113. ‐ Parking.

No small buses shall park at any location on the public streets of the city except at the following locations: Sec. 29‐109. ‐ Certificate of appropriateness required. (a) The Gaillard Municipal Auditorium; (b) The visitor information center; No small bus shall operate for touring without a duly issued certificate of appropriateness or without having paid such fee therefor that city council may, from time to time, establish. (c) In designated areas: (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 26, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1985-148, § 2, 12-17-85) (1) On North Market Street near Meeting Street; (2) On Wentworth Street near Glebe Street; Cross reference— Licenses, permits and miscellaneous business regulations, Ch. 17. (3) On the east side of East Battery between Murray Boulevard and South Battery; Sec. 29‐110. ‐ Route limitations. (4) On the west side of Meeting Street between Queen Street and Courthouse Square; (5) On the south side of Cumberland Street between Meeting and Church Streets. (a) Small buses may operate on all streets in the districts, with the exception of brick and cobblestone streets, any public way designated as an alley, lane or court, on Tradd Street, between Meeting and (d) At other locations approved by the department of traffic and transportation with the approval of Church Streets, and such streets as may be restricted from such use by the department of traffic and the committee on traffic and transportation and so designated in the office of tourism. transportation and so designated in the office of tourism. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 30, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 14, 9-22-98) (b) The peninsula city shall be divided into zones of operation as may be recommended from time to time by the commission and approved by city council. A map outlining such zones shall be Cross reference— Stopping, standing and parking of motor vehicles generally, § 19-231. maintained in the office of the director of tourism. (c) Every touring entity having regularly scheduled small bus tours shall submit to the director of tourism Sec. 29‐114. ‐ Limitation upon number of small buses in operation. the schedule of times it offers small bus tours. The tourism director shall assign to touring entities with regularly scheduled small bus tours a route, per regularly scheduled tour, that must be followed (a) There shall not be operated on the streets of the city, pursuant to section 29-81, more than thirty-six and adhered to by the touring entity on a given tour, and shall continue to do so on an annual basis (36) small buses at any one time. Should the number of persons desiring to operate small buses thereafter upon the issuance or renewal of a certificate of appropriateness. Routes assigned by the exceed thirty-six (36), then the director of tourism with the advice of the tourism commission shall tourism director shall be distributed equally among the touring entities submitting schedules to the devise a lottery or similar system to ensure that all operators have an equal opportunity to operate tourism director. for reasonable periods of time. (d) Upon being assigned a particular route for a given tour, the touring entity must follow such route and (b) When the number of small buses operating at the same time reaches thirty-six (36), the bus utilize its best efforts to spend equal amounts of time in each zone of operation on the route. operators must report to the small bus gate keeper who will be housed at the permit office in the visitor center, to obtain a medallion. This will ensure that all operators will have an equal opportunity to operate for reasonable periods of time.

Page 10 Page 11 116

(Ord. No. 1995-487, § 1, 10-10-95; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 15, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2010-102, § 1, 6-15- the vehicles and for those using the streets and sidewalks, be they pedestrians or persons in or 10) on other vehicles. Sec. 29‐115. ‐ Exception to the size of small buses in operation. (5) Articulated vehicles and theme vehicles on the streets of the Old City District and Old and Historic District would be detrimental to the ambiance and environment of the districts, and (a) There may be operated on the streets of the City of Charleston, pursuant to section 29-81, no more would add to congestion in the streets and would greatly inconvenience, if not endanger, users than one (1) small bus that is greater than twenty-six (26) feet in length but no more than twenty-six of the streets and sidewalks in the districts, all to the detriment of the character of the districts, (26) feet six (6) inches in length if such bus is accessible to persons with disabilities and meets all the residents of the districts and the visitors to the districts. requirements of the federal Americans with Disabilities Act. This bus shall be included in the (6) It is in the public interest, and for the public safety and welfare, that the streets in the districts, limitation upon the number of small buses in operation as provided for in section 29-114 and the users thereof be protected from unreasonable encroachments or vehicles which hinder (b) All tour bus entities and drivers shall refer patrons with disabilities to the small bus authorized to travel or which pose dangers or distractions which give rise to accidents and inconvenience. operate pursuant to this section so that shall be accessible to persons with (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 16, 9-22-98) disabilities in the Old and Historic District of the City of Charleston. Sec. 29‐126. ‐ Articulated vehicles prohibited. (c) In the event there is a desire by persons or entities to operate more than one (1) bus in the City of Charleston as described in subsection (a), the right to operate shall be made available to persons or It shall be unlawful for any person to operate or utilize, or cause to be operated or utilized, any entities whose buses met subsection (a) by the director of tourism (or the director's designee) articulated vehicle in, on, or alongside the public streets of the Old City District and Old and Historic conducting a drawing on a six-month basis to determine which bus shall operate in the next District. succeeding six (6) months. (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 16, 9-22-98) (Ord. No. 2004-146, § 2, 11-23-04; Ord. No. 2009-62, § 2, 4-28-09) Secs. 29‐116—29‐124. ‐ Reserved. Sec. 29‐127. ‐ Theme vehicles prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person to operate or utilize, or cause to be operated or utilized, any theme DIVISION 4. ‐ ARTICULATED VEHICLES AND THEME VEHICLES—PROHIBITED vehicle in, on, or alongside the public streets of the old city district and the old and historic district for the purpose of conducting tours except as hereinabove provided.

(Ord. No. 1998-174, § 16, 9-22-98) FOOTNOTE(S): Secs. 29‐128—29‐140. ‐ Reserved. --- (5) --- DIVISION 5. ‐ LARGE BUSES Editor's note— Ord. No. 1998-174, § 16, adopted Sept. 22, 1998, amended former Division 4, §§ 29- 125—29-129 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Division 4 pertained to charter buses and derived from Ord. No. 1998-32, §§ 23—36, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1985-148, § 4, 12-17-85. Sec. 29‐125. ‐ Findings of council. Sec. 29‐141. ‐ Certificate of appropriateness not required.

(a) City council hereby makes the following finding of fact: No certificate of appropriateness shall be required for large buses. (1) The number of persons using the public streets in the Old and Historic District and the Old City (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 38, 5-10-83) District (the districts) in the recent years has increased dramatically due to an expanded commercial use and the growing tourism industry. As a result, the streets in the districts have Cross reference— Licenses, permits and miscellaneous business regulations, Ch. 17. increased congestion because of a rise in the number of vehicles, motorized and pedestrian, using the streets. Sec. 29‐142. ‐ Special permit required. (2) To protect the historic and traditional ambiance of the districts, which not only promotes the welfare of the residents living therein, but also the welfare of the community at large due to the No large buses may conduct a tour in the districts without a touring permit duly authorized by the economic benefits generated by a viable and healthy tourism industry, and to promote and tourism director. A separate permit shall be required for each trip into the districts. At all times during the protect the safety of those using the streets in the districts, whether they be visitors or citizens, tour, the permit shall be displayed in the front window of the vehicle. The number of permits in use at any city council finds it necessary to restrict access to the streets in the districts to certain vehicles. one time may be limited by the tourism director in coordination with the director of traffic and (3) Articulated vehicles and theme vehicles, as defined in section 29-2, are, by their design and transportation for the purpose of traffic management. Advance requests for permits may be granted by nature, distracting, elongated, slow moving, bulky and cumbersome and, by their appearance, the tourism director. not in keeping with the ambiance of the Old City District or Old and Historic District. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 39, 5-10-83) (4) Control of access to and from such vehicles by users or pedestrians to and from the sidewalks or public streets is not readily manageable, thereby posing a potential danger for those using Cross reference— Licenses, permits and miscellaneous business regulations, Ch. 17.

Page 12 Page 13 117

Sec. 29‐143. ‐ Route limitations. (a) The Gaillard Municipal Auditorium; (b) At other locations approved by the department of traffic and transportation with the approval of Large buses may operate only on the perimeter route so designated in the office of tourism, and the city council committee on traffic and transportation and so designated in the office of incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, large buses may also operate in a westerly direction tourism. on Broad Street to Meeting Street and in a northerly direction on Meeting Street, South of Calhoun Street, but not between the hours of 4:30 p.m. and 6:00 p.m., except on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 44, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 18, 9-22-98) (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 40, 5-10-83) Sec. 29‐148. ‐ Day Light Savings Time perimeter route limits.

Sec. 29‐144. ‐ Tour guide required. The office of tourism management shall issue no more than six (6) permits per hour between the hours of 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. to large buses for the purpose of touring. All tours on large buses must be conducted by a registered tour guide, and a tour guide card shall be Between the hours of 12:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. and 4:30 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. no more than four (4) displayed in the lower left hand corner of the front windshield, in plain view clearly visible from outside the permits shall be issued to large buses. vehicle. (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 19, 9-22-98) (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 41, 5-10-83) Sec. 29‐149. ‐ Eastern Standard Time perimeter route limits. Sec. 29‐145. ‐ Passenger loading for large buses. The office of tourism management shall issue no more than six (6) permits per hour between the No large buses shall pick up or discharge passengers on the public streets or public properties of the hours of 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. to large buses for the purpose of touring. city except at the following locations: Between the hours of 12:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. no more than four (4) (a) At any legal parking space for buses north of Calhoun Street; permits shall be issued to large buses for the purpose of touring. (b) At the visitor information center; (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 20, 9-22-98) (c) In designated spaces: Sec. 29‐150. ‐ Perimeter routes. (1) On East Bay Street near the Exchange Building; There is hereby established two (2) perimeter zones for large buses conducting tours. One zone (2) On Murray Boulevard near King Street; shall begin north of Calhoun Street and end south of Calhoun Street. The other zone shall begin south of Calhoun Street and end north of Calhoun Street. Any permit issued to large tour buses shall be done so (3) On Wentworth Street near Glebe Street; in alternating fashion so that no permits are issued consecutively in the same zone. (4) On John Street between Elizabeth and Meeting Streets; (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 21, 9-22-98) (5) On the northwest corner of Broad and Church Streets; Secs. 29‐151—29‐172. ‐ Reserved. (6) At other locations approved by the department of traffic and transportation with the approval of the city council committee on traffic and transportation and so designated in the DIVISION 6. ‐ SCHOOL BUSES, CHURCH BUSES AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES office of tourism. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 42, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 17, 9-22-98) Sec. 29‐146. ‐ Permitted transportation for nontouring purposes. Sec. 29‐173. ‐ Touring limitation. Other than as set forth in section 29-143, large buses may enter the districts only upon the issuance (a) Recreational vehicles, school buses and church buses twenty-five (25) feet or less in length may of a permit by the tourism director and only for the purpose of transporting passengers to or from a single travel freely in the districts, but must park in compliance with applicable ordinances of the city, designated point, such as hotels, restaurants, the visitor information center or the tour boat facility. The specifically, section 19-237 of the City Code prohibiting vehicles over twenty (20) feet in length from permit shall specify the route to and from the designated delivery and pickup points at the time of such parking on public streets for more than one hour, and section 19-238 of the City Code prohibiting transportation and must be designated in the front window of the vehicle. Upon discharge of passengers, camping in any vehicle on public streets, in accordance with the laws of the state regulating traffic such buses must depart the districts and may reenter only to pick up passengers for departure from the generally and with the provisions of article VI of this chapter. district. The route and time of transportation shall be at the discretion of the tourism director upon consideration of such factors as traffic, the width of streets and the number of such permits in use. (b) School buses, church buses or recreational vehicles over twenty-five (25) feet in length may Advance requests for permits may be granted by the tourism director. No permit shall be required to passengers for the purpose of touring at any time in the districts, but only on the perimeter transport passengers to or from the City Marina via Lockwood Drive. route or charter route as determined by the size of the vehicle. Such vehicles shall not stop or stand and may only park at bus parking spaces at the George M. Lockwood Marina, the Gaillard Municipal (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 43, 5-10-83) Auditorium, the SC State Ports Authority Passenger Terminal or other locations authorized by the Sec. 29‐147. ‐ Parking. department of traffic and transportation with the approval of the city council committee on traffic and transportation. No large bus shall park at any location on the public streets or public parking facilities in the districts (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 49, 5-10-83) except at the following locations:

Page 14 Page 15 118

Secs. 29‐174—29‐184. ‐ Reserved. No certificate of appropriateness shall be issued unless the commission has approved the design and appearance of the vehicle. The commission shall consider among other things the general design DIVISION 7. ‐ CERTIFICATES OF APPROPRIATENESS and color of the vehicle, specifically the character and appropriateness of the design and color for use in the districts, the age, condition, manner of propulsion, noise level and outward appearance of the vehicle. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 51, 5-10-83) Sec. 29‐188. ‐ Transferability. FOOTNOTE(S):

--- (6) --- A certificate of appropriateness shall be issued on a specific vehicle and for a specific owner and is nontransferable without approval of the commission. The certificate remains the property of the city and Cross reference— Licenses, permits and miscellaneous business regulations, Ch. 17. (Back) must be surrendered upon expiration or revocation. Sec. 29‐185. ‐ When required. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 53, 5-10-83)

No small bus or charter bus may be utilized for touring purposes in the district either by a company Sec. 29‐189. ‐ Suspension or revocation. engaged in the touring business in the state or made available for charter for such use, without a duly issued certificate of appropriateness which must be permanently affixed to the vehicle in a location (a) Failure to abide by the provisions of this chapter or any of the ordinances of the city or laws of the designated by the commission. state in any manner affecting or regulating the operation of the vehicle for which the certificate is issued, or the failure to maintain a city business license, a current state inspection sticker, vehicle (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 50, 5-10-83) license tags and required insurance shall be grounds for the suspension for a reasonable time or the Sec. 29‐186. ‐ Application. revocation of a certificate of appropriateness. (b) If in the opinion of the tourism director, a certificate of appropriateness should be suspended or (a) An applicant for a certificate of appropriateness shall provide the director with the following: revoked, he shall give written notice to the holder thereof, by certified mail, of the right to appear before the commission and show cause why the certificate should not be suspended or revoked. (1) Adequate identification of the applicant and vehicle; (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 55, 5-10-83) (2) Factory authorized material setting forth the characteristics of the vehicle including its dimensions, weight, passenger capacity, manner of propulsion, described noise level and air Sec. 29‐190. ‐ Expiration. pollution characteristics; (3) Color photographs not less than eight (8) inches by ten (10) inches of all four (4) sides of the All certificates of appropriateness shall be granted for a period of one year and shall expire on the vehicle or, in the discretion of the tourism director, sketches of a similar make and model, and anniversary of the date of issue; provided, however, upon compliance with the provisions of section 29- samples of the color proposed for use on the vehicle; 186(1), (4), (6), (7) and (8), the certificate shall be renewed. (4) Adequate proof of liability insurance with PIP coverage in an amount as from time to time (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 54, 5-10-83) determined by the commission; Secs. 29‐191—29‐200. ‐ Reserved. (5) If the vehicle is a used vehicle, the tourism director in his discretion may require his visual inspection or that of the commission; ARTICLE V. ‐ TRANSPORTATION BY ANIMAL‐DRAWN VEHICLES FOR PURPOSES OF TOURING (6) A current state department of highways and transportation safety inspection sticker and a license tag; DIVISION 1. ‐ GENERALLY

(7) A fee as set by city council; and (8) After approval but prior to issuance of the certificate, a current city business license. (b) Upon receipt of the information as set forth in subsection (a)(1) through (7) the director shall submit Sec. 29‐201. ‐ Restricted. the application to such subcommittees as may be designated by the commission for the subcommittee's recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. In acting upon No person shall operate or cause to be operate for hire any vehicle, of whatever nature, drawn by and evaluating any application, the designated subcommittee shall utilize the criteria as set forth in animals for the purpose of conducting tours within the old city district or the old and historic district, except section 29-187 of this chapter. animal-drawn vehicles as provided in this chapter. (c) The recommendation of the designated subcommittee shall only be advisory to the commission, and (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 56, 5-10-83) shall not in any way be construed to bind or otherwise obligate the commission. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 52, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1987-83, § 1, 7-21-87) Editor's note—

Sec. 29‐187. ‐ Design standards prerequisite to issuance. Formerly numbered as section 29-202 Sec. 29‐202. ‐ Franchise agreement required; restrictions.

Page 16 Page 17 119

(a) Findings of fact: (4) Nothing herein shall prohibit the solicitation of business immediately alongside an animal-drawn vehicle in an approved loading zone so long as such solicitation is not done in a raucous (1) City council finds that certain of the operators of animal drawn vehicles in the old and historic manner. district of the city have begun to utilize aggressive solicitation practices, adjacent to or upon the streets, sidewalks and public properties, urging upon citizens and visitors the use of their (5) The franchise shall be nonexclusive. services; have abruptly approached citizens and visitors and thrust brochures in their hands, (6) The franchisee shall agree that, upon the violation of the provisions of this section by the which are often unwanted and end up on the streets and sidewalks; have utilized solicitors, franchisee, its agents, employees, or persons acting on its behalf, the right to operate animal- pamphleteers, persons holding signs, hawkers and pullers-in and have even placed fixed drawn vehicles in the old and historic district shall be suspended as follows: structures upon or adjacent to the streets, sidewalks and public properties to solicit business and/or distribute materials urging the use of their services. a. Upon two (2) violations within a six-month period, the franchise shall be suspended for a period not to exceed seven (7) days. (2) City council further finds that the success of such commercial practices requires that persons congregate and respond to such solicitation, thereby impeding pedestrian and vehicle travel. b. Upon three (3) violations within a one-year period, the franchise shall be suspended for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days. (3) City council further finds that such practices have an adverse impact on the ambiance of the city and its old and historic district; tend to create confrontations with citizens and visitors; adversely c. Upon four (4) violations within a one-year period, the franchise shall be suspended for a impact pedestrian and vehicle traffic flow; create litter; tend to create nuisances; adversely period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days. impact the health, safety and well being of the public; and otherwise have a negative impact on (c) Administration and appeals. This section shall be administered by the director of tourism. All appeals the tourism industry and economy of the city. from an interpretation or determination by the director of tourism shall be made to the tourism (4) City council further finds that it is appropriate that, as a condition of operating animal-drawn commission, within fifteen (15) days of notice of such interpretation or determination. All appeals vehicles in the old and historic district, all persons must obtain a franchise, and must agree to from an adverse decision by the tourism commission shall be made to the Court of Common Pleas desist from the aforesaid business practices, which agreement shall be a condition of the within thirty (30) days of such decision. franchise. (d) Execution of agreement. City council, by the adoption of this section, authorizes the mayor to enter (5) City council further finds that the operation of animal drawn vehicles on the public streets is a into a franchise agreement with any and all persons who desire to operate animal-drawn vehicles in privilege and not a right and such operation is for the benefit of the public. the old and historic district. Unless otherwise stated, each franchise agreement shall automatically renew on January 1 of every year so long as the franchisee is in good standing. (6) City council further finds in the adoption of this section, that this is part of an ongoing effort to reasonably regulate the conduct of business upon the streets and sidewalks of the central (Ord. No. 1995-110, § 1, 3-28-95; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 23, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2001-133, § 1, 12-18- business district and the market area for the benefit of the general public. 01; Ord. No. 2002-99, § 1, 8-13-02; Ord. No. 2006-200, § 1, 5-23-06) (b) Franchise required: No person shall operate or cause to be operated upon the streets or sidewalks of the old and historic district of the city any animal-drawn vehicle, without first entering into a Editor's note— franchise agreement with the city. Such franchise agreement shall be granted for a period of one (1) year and shall expire on the anniversary of the date of execution; provided, however, upon Ord. No. 1995-110, § 1, adopted March 28, 1995, enacted provisions designated as following former § compliance with the provisions of the franchise agreement and Chapter 29, Articles V and VI, the 29-201. In order to accommodate the provisions of said ordinance, the editor renumbered former § agreement shall be automatically renewed. The franchise agreement shall contain the following 29-202 as § 29-201 and added the provisions of Ord. No. 1995-110 as § 29-202 provisions, which provisions are material and go to the essence of the franchise agreement: Sec. 29‐203. ‐ Route limitations. (1) The franchisee shall maintain a current business license. (2) The franchisee shall agree to operate its business strictly in accordance with the ordinances of Animal-drawn vehicles may operate on all streets or public ways in the district except the following: the city, applicable thereto, as from time to time amended. (a) The bricked portion of Church Street, from Water Street to South Battery, and all cobblestone (3) The franchisee shall agree that it will not carry out the following business practices, or suffer and Belgium block streets; them to be carried out on its behalf, upon the sidewalks, streets and public properties in the old (b) Any public way designated as an alley, land or court (excluding St. Michael's Alley which may and historic district, or upon private property adjacent to such streets, sidewalks and public be used through Friday from 4:00 to 6:00 p.m., excepting legal holidays and Horlbeck Alley properties, but directed at persons upon such streets, sidewalks and public properties: which may be used Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. and during regular a. The distribution of pamphlets or other printed materials to solicit or advertise for business. touring hours on weekends and on legal holidays); b. The use of hawkers, pullers-in, pamphleteers, or persons holding signs to solicit or (c) The following streets: advertise the business or inviting the public to make inquiries to such persons. (1) Atlantic Street; c. The placement of fixed structures for the purpose of sales, solicitation, hawking, pullers-in, (2) Price's Alley; pamphleteering or the support of signage or advertising. (3) Rope Maker's Lane; d. The parking or storage of animals or equipment on the public streets and sidewalks, except to load or unload passengers in approved loading zones. Nothing herein shall regulate the (4) Bedons Alley; parking or storage of animals or equipment on private property. (5) Ladson Street; (6) Big Lamboll Street;

Page 18 Page 19 120

(7) Water Street (from Church to Meeting Streets); including Pinckney Street to the north; Cumberland Street to the south; East Bay Street to the east, and Meeting Street to the west. (8) Church Street (from Tradd to Water Street); (c) The gate shall operate between the hours of 9:00 a.m. through 5:30 p.m. during Eastern Standard (9) Broad Street (West of State Street) from 7:00 to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 to 6:00 p.m., Monday Time and from 9:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. during daylight savings time. During Eastern Standard Time, through Friday, excepting legal holidays; medallions shall be issued until 4:30 p.m. and shall be returned by 5:30 p.m., provided no animal- (10) Meeting Street (North of Broad Street) from 7:00 to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 to 6:00 p.m., drawn vehicle shall be allowed to conduct a tour in a residential zone after 5:00 p.m. During daylight Monday through Friday, excepting legal holidays; savings time, medallions shall be issued until 5:30 p.m. and shall be returned by 6:30 p.m., provided no animal-drawn vehicle shall be allowed to conduct a tour in a residential zone after 6:00 p.m. (d) On such streets or at such times as are restricted for such use by the department of traffic and Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the month of April 2011 only, the gate shall operate between transportation with the approval of the city council committee on traffic and transportation and the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 7:30 p.m. Furthermore, during the month of April 2011, medallions shall so designated in the office of the commission. be issued until 6:30 p.m. and shall be returned by 7:30 p.m., provided no animal-drawn vehicle shall (e) There shall be an amended commercial route that can be used during eastern standard time be allowed to conduct a tour in a residential zone after 7:00 p.m. between the hours of 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. The commercial route approved is as follows: (d) Animal-drawn vehicles shall be permitted to remain in a loading zone no longer than fifteen (15) Market Street to Concord Street to Vendue Range to Prioleau Street to Elliot Street to E. Bay minutes prior to entering the gate to receive a medallion. If a medallion is not issued to a vehicle Street to Exchange Street to Prioleau Street to Concord Street to Market Street. which has been in the loading zone for fifteen (15) minutes, the said vehicle shall move to the rear of (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 59, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1986-88, § 1, 8-19-86; Ord. No. 1993-58, § 9, 4-27-93; the loading zone and wait in line to enter the gate and receive a medallion. Ord. No. 2013-10, § 1, 1-22-13) (e) A special tour, which is defined as a tour that has been scheduled in advance by the director of Sec. 29‐204. ‐ Drivers. tourism, shall require a medallion before the said special tour can be conducted. A special tour must also utilize the city's loading zone or private property for loading and discharging passengers as All drivers of animal-drawn vehicles shall have a current automotive vehicle drivers license and provided herein. demonstrate competence in handling animal-drawn vehicles. All drivers of animal-drawn vehicles shall be (f) A commercial tour, shall be defined as a tour that is conducted in the commercial district only and required to pass an animal-drawn vehicle competency examination which will satisfy the city that the after 4:30 p.m. There shall be no more than be five (5) commercial tours permitted to begin between driver is knowledgeable and capable of handling horses and animal-drawn vehicles in emergency 4:30 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. industry wide, and there shall be no more than five (5) commercial tours situations. permitted to begin between 5:00 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. industry wide. The carriage company owners (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 60, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1993-58, § 7, 4-27-93) will determine among themselves how the five (5) commercial tours permitted to begin between 4:30 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. and the five (5) commercial tours permitted to begin between 5:00 p.m. and 5:30 Sec. 29‐205. ‐ Tour guide required. p.m. will be divided up among the carriage companies. Commercial tours conducted after 5:30 p.m. shall not be restricted in the number of tours permitted and shall not require a medallion. All tours on animal-drawn vehicles must be conducted by a registered or temporary tour guide. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 62, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1993-58, § 1, 4-27-93; Ord. No. 2002-73, § 1, 5-28-02; (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 61, 5-10-83) Ord. No. 2006-495, § 1, 11-14-06; Ord. No. 2010-85, § 2, 5-11-10) Sec. 29‐206. ‐ Gatekeeper loading and medallion issuance procedure. Sec. 29‐207. ‐ Design standards.

(a) The city shall establish a central location at the corner of North Market and Church Streets for the Animal-drawn vehicles shall be authentically styled passenger carriages. Wagons which patently distribution of medallions to be issued in the conduct of tours in the zones of operation as were designed for cargo instead of passengers will not be approved. Carriages must not exceed twelve established pursuant to section 29-208 of the Code of the City of Charleston. The central location (12) feet in length or six (6) feet in width. Carriages will be measured from end to end, excluding the steps point shall be designated as the "gate" which will consist of a structure to be occupied by a city and shafts; and, from axle tip to axle tip. No part of the carriage may be over six (6) feet in width; employee authorized to issue medallions for touring as provided herein, said employee to be more provided, however, any certificated carriage which was in use as of January 1, 1982, and no longer than commonly referred to as the "gatekeeper." The gate loading procedure shall require an animal-drawn thirteen (13) feet may continue in use. vehicle to load and discharge passengers as herein provided and to pass through the gate to receive (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 63, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 24, 9-22-98) a medallion. This medallion shall indicate the zone in which the animal-drawn vehicle shall conduct its tour. The zone designation shall be obtained by random selection by the gatekeeper as Sec. 29‐208. ‐ Zones of operation. hereinafter provided. The medallion shall be issued by the gatekeeper and affixed to the back of the animal-drawn vehicle. Upon completion of the tour, the medallion shall be returned to the gatekeeper (a) The peninsula city shall be divided into zones of operation as may be recommended from time to by the driver or company representative of the animal-drawn vehicle having been issued the time by the commission and approved by city council. A map outlining such zones shall be medallion. A medallion shall be returned to the gatekeeper no later than seventy-five (75) minutes maintained in the office of the director of tourism. after its issuance. (b) Based upon traffic studies, industry input and observations and experience of the commission, the (b) Animal-drawn vehicles shall load and discharge passengers at the city's one (1) central loading maximum number of animal drawn vehicles to be allowed to operate in a given zone may be zone, located on Anson Street south of Pinckney Street and on North Market Street between Anson restricted, all as may be recommended by the commission and approved by city council. Street and Church Street, provided that an animal-drawn vehicle shall be able to load and discharge passengers on private property that is owned or operated by its company and provided that the said (c) The right to operate in Zones 1, 2 and 3 shall be made available to touring entities having animal private loading zone is within the Market zone which is described as the area lying between and drawn vehicles for which certificates of appropriateness have been issued as follows:

Page 20 Page 21 121

(1) Through the use of the gate and gatekeeper procedure as hereinabove defined, the gatekeeper (b) Each animal-drawn vehicle company shall be assessed a fee of three dollars ($3.00) each time one shall utilize a bingo machine and twenty (20) pingpong balls, six (6) of which shall be of its animal-drawn vehicles receives a medallion at the gate. The company shall be billed on a designated for Zone 1, six (6) of which shall be designated for Zone 2, and eight (8) of which monthly basis. shall be designated for Zone 3, to randomly select a ball with a designated zone destination (c) A company which operates an animal-drawn vehicle business in the City of Charleston shall be marked thereon, and that upon selection, the ball shall be removed from the bingo machine and assessed a monthly sanitation fee in a sum to be assessed by the director of tourism, which fee shall replaced when the medallion is returned. be paid before the company shall be allowed to participate in the gatekeeper system, said fee to be (2) When a medallion is issued, the gatekeeper shall record the company's name, the animal- billed to the company on a monthly basis. drawn vehicle drivers' name, medallion number and the time that it is issued. No animal-drawn (Ord. No. 1993-58, § 5, 4-27-93) vehicle shall be issued more than one (1) medallion within forty-five (45) minutes from the time of issuance of the first medallion. When the medallion is returned, the check-in time shall be recorded by the gatekeeper. The gatekeeper shall verify that the maximum check-out time has Editor's note— not been exceeded. (3) A medallion shall be returned to the gatekeeper no later than seventy-five (75) minutes from the Ord. No. 1993-58, § 5, adopted April 27, 1993, enacted a new section 29-212. In order to better conform time of its issuance. to the organization of the Code, the editor has redesignated the provisions of § 5 of Ord. No. 1993- 58 as § 29-211 (Ord. No. 1985-148, § 5, 12-17-85; Ord. No. 1986-49, § 2, 5-27-86; Ord. No. 1993-58, § 4, 4-27-93) Sec. 29‐212. ‐ General health care and management requirements. Sec. 29‐209. ‐ Diapering apparatus and sanitation communication required. (a) Findings of fact. City council hereby makes the following findings of fact: It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, corporation or other entity to utilize any animal for the purpose of pulling any vehicle on city streets unless such animal is equipped with diapering apparatus (1) The City of Charleston, carriage company operators, residents, and visitors to the City of that prevents the droppings of such animal from being deposited or otherwise left on city streets. It shall cHarleston have sought to take a proactive approach to protect and ensure the health, safety be the responsibility of the person, firm, corporation or other entity utilizing any animal-drawn vehicle to and welfare of animals used in the tourism industry; see that the diapering apparatus is maintained in working order. Further, every animal-drawn vehicle shall (2) A study was conducted to develop and recommend animal welfare policies to the tourism be equipped with a two-way communication system and flags to identify areas in need of sanitation. It commission. In response to the study, the tourism commission formed the ad hoc committee on shall be the responsibility of the person, firm, corporation or other entity utilizing any animal-drawn vehicle animal-drawn carriages which committee was comprised of representatives from the tourism to drop a sanitation flag marking areas where animals deposit or otherwise leave excreta on city streets commission, animal control, the carriage industry, the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to and to utilize two-way communications to provide notice of areas in need of equine sanitation. Animals ("SPCA"), and an independent veterinarian; (Ord. No. 1987-82, § 1, 7-21-87; Ord. No. 1998-174, § 25, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2007-223, § 1, 11-27- (3) The ad hoc committee on animal-drawn carriages has now reviewed and updated the 07) previously recommended policies after much deliberation and with input from the general public, Sec. 29‐210. ‐ Number of medallions to be issued. Carriage Operators of North America ("CONA"), and the veterinarian community; and (4) The codification of the ad hoc committee on animal-drawn carriages recommended regulations (a) The city shall authorize a total of twenty (20) medallions to be distributed as follows: is in the best interest of protecting the health, safety, and welfare of the animals used in the tourism industry and protects the health, safety, and welfare of motorists and pedestrians using Zone 1 .....6 the public right-of-ways along with the residents and tourists of the City of Charleston. Zone 2 .....6 (b) Definitions. Except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms and phrases as used in this section shall have the following meanings: Zone 3 .....8 (1) Animal shall mean any horse or mule used for touring purposes and operated under a franchise (b) The medallions shall be labeled with a serial number as follows: agreement as outlined in section 29-202 Zone 1 Serial Nos. 1—15 (2) Contamination shall mean the introduction of unwholesome or undesirable elements, including but not limited to, bedding, mold, bugs, and rodent droppings. Zone 2 Serial Nos. 16—30 (3) Director of tourism shall mean the director of tourism or his or her designee. Zone 3 Serial Nos. 31—45 (4) Equine sanitation flag shall mean the marker used to identify animal excreta and is generally recognized as a two and one-half-inch rubber ball cut in half with an eight-inch surveyor's flag (Ord. No. 1993-58, § 3, 4-27-93) attached. Sec. 29‐211. ‐ Fees. (5) Farrier shall mean a specialist in horse care who addresses the hooves, feet and legs of the animal. (a) Each animal-drawn vehicle company authorized to do business within the City of Charleston shall be assessed an annual fee of seventeen thousand five hundred dollars ($17,500.00) to operate a (7) Inspection shall mean to permit the director of tourism, the police department, or a city carriage business in the City of Charleston. This fee will allow a company to have one (1) animal- contracted veterinarian to enter upon the premises of any carriage company subject to this drawn vehicle in the central loading zone at any given time. ordinance to make inspections and to examine and audit required records.

Page 22 Page 23 122

(8) Old and Historic District shall mean that portion of the city that is so designated from time to (3) Each carriage shall be maintained in a safe condition so as to not endanger any person or time on the official zoning map of the city. property. (9) Out of service shall mean when the animal is unhitched from a carriage and out of its harness. (4) Each carriage shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition, free of liter and debris and at all times suitable for public transportation of passengers. (10) Police department shall mean the chief of police or his or her designee. (5) No carriage shall be operated having more passengers than what is permitted by its certificate (11) Rest shall mean the time when the animal is in service but not performing work as defined of appropriateness or having a combined weight of carriage, passengers, and drivers that is herein. more than three (3) times the weight of the animal(s) pulling the vehicle. (12) Stable shall mean the barn where the animals are kept. (d) Carriage stands, client pick-up locations, staging areas, and barns. (13) Stall shall mean individual space within the barn where each animal is kept. (1) Carriages queuing in the medallion booth line shall move and circle the block during equine (14) Tour or touring shall mean the conducting of or the participation in sightseeing in the districts for sanitation cleaning. hire or in exchange for a donation. (2) Each carriage company shall ensure that their animals in the queue line at the medallion booth (15) Touring stock shall mean all animals used for touring pursuant to this section. shall have a fresh water source every hour. (16) Vintage carriage shall mean any carriage built before 1900. (3) Each carriage company shall post at their barns in a conspicuous place signage as required under applicable federal, state, and local laws, including but not limited to, the Equine Activity (17) Work and working shall mean the act of pulling a carriage. Liability Act (S.C. Code 47-9-730), along with providing brochures outlining the City's (18) Reserved. ordinances governing the general health and welfare of the animals used in the tourism industry of Charleston. (19) Reserved. (e) Care and shelter of animals. (20) Free choice shall mean that water shall be ready and in front of a horse for 15 minutes after a tour is conducted so that a horse is free to choose to drink or not to drink water. (1) No animal shall be used to draw a carriage unless the animal is in good health and the following standards are met: (c) Equipment. a. The animal shall not have open sores, open wounds, diarrhea, nor shall the animal be (1) Every carriage used for touring purposes and operated under a franchise agreement as outlined lame or have any other ailments unless the city tourism office as well as the individual in section 29-202 shall be equipped with the following: company's stable has a current written statement by a veterinarian on file that the animal is a. Head lights or lanterns and tail lights or lanterns which are visible for a distance of (500) fit for such work not withstanding such condition. Further, the written statement by the feet when the carriage is operated from a half hour after sunset to a half hour before veterinarian must have a required expiration date; sunrise, and at any other time when windshield wipers are in use as a result of rain, sleet, b. The hooves of all animals while engaged in work on pavement, brick, concrete or other like or snow, or when inclement weather or environmental factors severely reduce the ability to hard surfaces shall have rubber or elastomer shoes, boots or pads to prevent slipping and clearly discern persons and vehicles on the street or highway at a distance of five hundred shall be evenly trimmed and shod. However, steel shoes can be used upon introduction to feet ahead; the touring stock during an initial two-week trial period. Also, if a farrier determines that the b. A slow moving vehicle emblem attached to the rear of the carriage; horse's hooves will not accommodate the use of rubber pads, metal shoes can be used on the rear legs of the animal; c. A diapering apparatus that prevents the droppings of the animal used to pull the carriage from being deposited on the ground or the right-of-way; c. The animal shall be properly and appropriately groomed; d. A fifth wheel or cut under turning mechanism on the front axle with the exception of vintage d. The animal shall have adequate flesh and muscle tone as determined by the Body carriages; Condition Scale of the Henneke Chart and shall average between 4 and 7; e. Reflective ankle cuffs or another reflective device approved by the tourism committee shall e. The animal is kept in good working condition; be used on at least two (2) of the animal's legs if one (1) animal is pulling a carriage, or if f. At introduction into the touring stock then bi-annually thereafter, the animal shall have had two (2) animals are pulling a carriage reflective ankle cuffs or another reflective device a physical inspection completed by and a certificate of serviceability for carriage work approved by the tourism committee shall be used on at least one (1) of the outside legs of signed by a licensed veterinarian, with the results thereof provided to the City of Charleston each animal when the carriage is operated from a half (½) hour after sunset to a half (½) Tourism Director and made available for inspection on site; hour before sunrise, and at any other time when windshield wipers are in use as a result of rain, sleet, or snow, or when inclement weather or environmental factors severely reduce g. All animals upon reasonable notice by the tourism director or police department shall be the ability to clearly discern persons and vehicles on the street or highway at a distance of made available for an annual physical inspection to be conducted by the tourism director or five hundred (500) feet ahead; police department's veterinarian with the results thereof being maintained by the office of tourism with a copy being provided to the carriage company operator; f. A two-way electronic communication system; and h. At introduction into the touring stock then quarterly thereafter, the animal shall have been g. A minimum of two (2) equine sanitation flags to mark animal excreta droppings. de-wormed; and (2) Carriages must be properly lubricated and the carriage wheels shall spin freely.

Page 24 Page 25 123

i. At introduction into the touring stock, the animal has been vaccinated under the direction of (5) In the event an animal can not be cooled down to a rectal temperature of 101.5 degrees a veterinarian for appropriate diseases and risk factors of the area, as outlined on the Fahrenheit within two (2) hours of the first 103 degree Fahrenheit or above rectal temperature certificate of serviceability. recording, a veterinarian shall be immediately contacted to inspect the animal. (2) Free choice water shall be provided to each animal immediately after completing a tour for a (6) At any time when an animal's rectal temperature reaches 105.0 or above, or if any animal minimum of fifteen (15) minutes. shows signs of distress such as panting motions, thumping of the chest (synchronous diaphramic flutter), tying up, or stiffening of legs or back, muscle trembling, or colic, a (3) Animals shall be provided electrolyte supplements at each feeding. veterinarian shall be immediately contacted to inspect the animal. (4) Animals shall have at least fifteen (15) minutes rest between back to back tours. (7) When either the ambient temperature reaches ninety-eight (98) degrees Fahrenheit or the Heat (5) In a twenty-four-hour period, animals shall not engage in Work more than eight (8) consecutive Index reaches one hundred twenty-five (125) degrees Fahrenheit, as determined by the director hours or ten hours with out a one and one-half (1½) hour break being disconnected from the of tourism or the police department, the carriage company operators shall discontinue working carriage, in a twenty-four-hour period. their animals and pull them off the street until the temperature decreases below the above stated temperatures as authorized by the director of tourism or the police department. (6) Animals shall not engage in work more than six (6) days in a seven-day period. (8) The official thermometer used for determining the temperature and the heat index shall be (7) Animals shall not engage in work with equipment causing an impairment of vision, other than located at 113 Calhoun Street, in the City and County of Charleston, South Carolina. In the normal blinders. event this thermometer is out of service, as determined by the director of tourism or the police (8) Animals shall not be driven at a speed faster than a slow trot. department, the back-up thermometer shall be the thermometer located at 180 Lockwood Drive, in the City and County of Charleston, South Carolina. (9) Animals shall not be subject to any cruel or harassing treatment or equipment. (h) Feeding. (10) Animals shall not be sold or disposed of except in a humane manner in accordance with American Association of Equine Practitioners' guidelines. (1) Animals shall receive an adequate amount of equine feed daily, which is free from contamination, sufficient in quantity, having nutritional value, and be provided frequently enough (11) Animals shall be at least three and one-half (3½ years of age and shall not weigh less than nine to meet normal daily requirements for the animal's condition, special needs, environmental hundred fifty (950) pounds in fit condition. factors and size of the animal so as to maintain a healthy flesh. (f) Harnesses. (2) Clean drinking water free from contamination shall be available to an out of service animal at all (1) Animals shall not engage in work with harnesses or bits that harm or are unsafe to the animal. times. (2) Harnesses, bridles, bits and padding shall be properly fitted and kept in clean and good repair. (3) Out of service animals shall at all times have access to salt in a block or loose form. (3) Harnesses shall be kept free of makeshifts like wire, rope, and rusty chain. (i) Stables and stalls. (4) Trace chains shall not put pressure on the collar and shoulders of the animal when it starts (1) Stables shall be safe, well lighted, ventilated, and provide protection from the weather as pulling the carriage resulting in a jolting start versus a smooth start with a snug collar already in described herein; place. a. Stables and stalls shall be kept clean and in good repair and excreta shall be removed (5) Breeching shall fit so that it will not rub or hinder the hind leg movement of the animal. daily; (g) Weather conditions. b. The floors of the stalls shall be graded and raked to keep their surface dry; each stall shall have rubber mats under the shavings or shavings with a minimum depth of four (4) inches; (1) Carriage company operators and drivers shall use caution when Working animals in adverse weather conditions such as high heat and humidity, snow, ice, heavy rain, and other slippery or c. Fans shall be used to increase ventilation when the ambient temperature reaches eighty reduced visibility situations. (80) degrees Fahrenheit; (2) When the ambient temperature reaches or exceeds eighty-five (85) degrees Fahrenheit at any d. Sharp surfaces and any other hazards shall not be permitted in any stable or stall where point during the carriage company's hours of operation, the carriage company operators shall they can come in contact with the animals; implement a mandatory system of taking the rectal temperature of each working animal e. Stables and stalls shall be kept free of leaks, including but not limited to, leaks form roofs immediately after completing a tour. In the event an animal's temperature reaches one hundred or from plumbing; three (103) degrees Fahrenheit or above, the animal's temperature shall be taken every fifteen (15) minutes until the animal's temperature falls below one hundred three (103) degrees f. Stalls sizes shall be no less than five (5) feet nine (9) inches × eleven (11) feet unless a Fahrenheit before the animal is allowed to return to work. carriage company undertakes any remodeling or refurbishing of any sorts to their stable that equals fifty (50) percent of the market value of the stable or moves their stable. In the (3) When the rectal temperature of an animal reaches between 103—103.9 degrees Fahrenheit, event a carriage company does remodel or refurbish their stable as stated in the previous the carriage company operator shall require the animal to be removed from service and be sentence then they must implement a minimum stall size of twelve (12) feet × twelve (12) cooled down to a temperature of 101.5 degrees Fahrenheit before returning them to engage in feet for every stall; Work. g. The practice of tethering the animal in a stall is permitted so long as the animal can lie (4) In the event that an animal's rectal temperature reaches 104 degrees Fahrenheit or above the down without the risk of entanglement or injury; animal shall be taken out of service for the day and cooled down.

Page 26 Page 27 124

h. Occupied stalls shall have a minimum of three (3) inches of bedding or have a specialized (2) Material setting forth the characteristics of the vehicle including its dimensions, weight, surface so as to keep animals clean, dry and free of concussion, abrasion or pressure passenger capacity, maker, year built; points; (3) Color photographs not less than eight (8) inches by ten (10) inches of all four (4) sides of the i. Interior and exterior areas of the stable shall be kept clean, properly drained and free of vehicle or, in the discretion of the tourism director, sketches of a similar make and model and nuisances including, but not limited to, unreasonable and excessive odors and samples of colors proposed for use on the vehicle; unreasonable accumulation of refuse and excreta; (4) Adequate proof of liability insurance with PIP coverage in an amount determined by the tourism j. There shall be no smoking at any time in stables; and commission; k. Unless otherwise directed by a veterinarian, animals shall be given a pasture turn-out time (5) A fee as set forth by city council; of a minimum of four (4) consecutive days to total fourteen (14) days within four (4) (6) After approval but prior to the issuance, a current city business license. months; (b) Upon receipt of the information set forth in subsection (a)(1)—(4) and (6), the tourism director shall (2) Stables shall be located within walking distance the medallion gate located at the corner of submit the application to the tourism commission for the commission's determination as to whether Church and North Market. the application should be approved. In acting upon and evaluating any application, the tourism (3) All stables shall have a yearly inspection by the fire department. Fire extinguishers must be kept commission shall consider the design standards as set forth in section 29-207 of this chapter as well in obvious places in every stable as required by law and as recommended by the fire as the proposed color of the vehicle. department. (c) Nothing herein shall be construed so as to prohibit the tourism director or the commission from (j) Recordkeeping. requiring visual inspection of the vehicle. (1) Feeding, shoeing, medication, and treatment logs, bi-annual inspection records, certificate of (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 64, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1987-83, § 2, 7-21-87; Ord. No. 2007-202, § 1, 10-23-07) serviceability, quarterly de-worming records, rectal temperature logs, work schedules, disposal documentation, and such other records as requested by the tourism director and police Sec. 29‐221. ‐ Transferability. department shall be maintained for a three year period by each carriage company operator for every animal used in the touring stock. A certificate of appropriateness required by this division shall be issued on a specific vehicle and for a specific owner and is not transferable. The certificate remains the property of the city and must be (2) These records shall be made available for inspection by the city and its designee. surrendered upon expiration or revocation. (k) Inspections. In addition to the annual inspection provided for herein, animals, facilities and records (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 65, 5-10-83) shall be subject to random or unannounced inspections at the discretion of the tourism director, police department, and/or the city designated veterinarian. The inspector is permitted to take notes, Sec. 29‐222. ‐ Suspension or revocation. pictures and video if they deem appropriate. These inspections shall be brief in order to not interfere with the work flow of the business. The inspector should be allowed to enter the premises no longer (a) Failure to abide by the provisions of this chapter or any of the ordinances of the city or laws of the than fifteen (15) minutes after arrival at the facility during business hours. state in any manner affecting or regulating the operation of the vehicle for which the certificate is issued, or the failure to maintain the required insurance shall be grounds for suspension for a (Ord. No. 2007-90, § 1, 4-24-07; Ord. No. 2011-58, §§ 1—10, 8-16-11; Ord. No. 2011-59, § 1, 8-16- reasonable time or the revocation of a certificate of appropriateness issued under this division. 11; Ord. No. 2011-60, § 1, 8-16-11) (b) If, in the opinion of the tourism director, a certificate of appropriateness should be suspended or Secs. 29‐213—29‐218. ‐ Reserved. revoked, he shall give written notice to the holder thereof, by certified mail of the right to appear before the commission and show cause why the certificate should not be suspended or revoked. DIVISION 2. ‐ CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 67, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 2007-202, § 2, 10-23-07) Sec. 29‐223. ‐ Expiration.

Sec. 29‐219. ‐ Required. All certificates of appropriateness shall be granted for a period of one year and shall expire on the anniversary of the date of issuance; provided, however, upon compliance with the provisions of section No animal drawn vehicle shall operate without a duly issued certificate of appropriateness and 29220(1), (4), (5), and (6) the certificate shall be renewed. without having paid such fee therefor as city council may, from time to time, establish. The certificate of (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 66, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 2007-202, § 3, 10-23-07) appropriateness must be permanently affixed to the vehicle in a location approved by the commission. Secs. 29‐224—29‐234. ‐ Reserved. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 58, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1985-148, § 5, 12-17-85) Sec. 29‐220. ‐ Application; inspection. ARTICLE VI. ‐ TOURING REGULATIONS GENERALLY

(a) An applicant for a certificate of appropriateness shall provide the tourism director with the following: (1) Adequate identification of the applicant and animal-drawn vehicle and proof of ownership; Sec. 29‐235. ‐ Maintenance of traffic flow.

Page 28 Page 29 125

No vehicle of any kind in the conduct of a tour shall stop or stand for description purposes but shall Secs. 29‐241—29‐260. ‐ Reserved. remain in and be part of the normal traffic flow; provided, however, slower moving vehicles shall safely pull temporarily to the side so as to prevent unnecessary delays to following traffic; and provided, further, ARTICLE VII. ‐ WALKING TOURS animal-drawn vehicles are permitted to temporarily pull to the side of streets, out of the traffic flow, for description purposes.

(Ord. No. 1983-22, § 68, 5-10-83) FOOTNOTE(S): Sec. 29‐236. ‐ Hours of operation. --- (7) --- No person or entity shall conduct a tour in a small bus, large bus or animal-drawn vehicle or on foot prior to 9:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. Day Light Savings Time or 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, in Editor's note— Ord. No. 1998-174, § 28, adopted Sept. 22, 1998, amended former Art. VII, §§ 29-261— residential areas zoned SR, STR, or DR on the city zoning map on file in the office of zoning. 29-275, in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Art. VII pertained to rickshaws and derived from Ord. No. 1992-23, § 1, adopted Feb. 25, 1992; Ord. No. 1995-425, §§ 2, 3, 9-12-95) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the month of April 2011 only, animal drawn vehicles shall be permitted to conduct tours until 7:00 p.m. Day Light Savings Time, in residential areas zoned SR, STR, or Sec. 29‐261. ‐ Limits on size; additional tour guides. DR on the city zoning map on file in the office of zoning. (a) All walking tours conducted from the public right-of-way shall consist of no more than twenty (20) (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 69, 5-10-83; Ord. No. 1993-58, § 8, 4-27-93; Ord. No. 1994-402, § 1, 11-8-94; persons per group, excluding the tour guide. Any walking tour conducted from the public right-of-way Ord. No. 1998-174, § 26, 9-22-98; Ord. No. 2010-85, § 1, 5-11-10) consisting of more than twenty (20) people shall be divided into more than one group and shall be Sec. 29‐237. ‐ Temporary traffic alterations. accompanied by an additional person, known as an escort, who may or may not be a licensed tour guide. Each group shall take different routes to the same destination or maintain sufficient distance The tourism director, with the consent of the director of traffic and transportation, may temporarily between another group so as not to impede pedestrian traffic. This section shall not apply to school alter the routes of travel and parking limitations of this chapter as well as the trip limitation provisions of groups. sections 29-126, 29-146, 29-160. (b) Further, the provisions of this section shall not apply to tours conducted off the public right-of-way (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 70, 5-10-83) when use of the public right-of-way is only incidental to conducting a tour. Use of the public right-of- way is incidental to conducting a tour when the public right-of-way is used for transportation Sec. 29‐238. ‐ Touring by non‐certified small buses and charter buses. purposes only and no tours are being conducting from the right-of-way. Further, this section shall not apply to tours conducted within city buildings or within city parks. Small buses and charter buses which have not been granted certificates of appropriateness may (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 28, 9-22-98) transport passengers for the purpose of touring for hire in the districts, but only on the perimeter route. Such buses must receive the permit required by section 29-142 of this chapter and must comply with the Sec. 29‐262. ‐ Amplifying devices prohibited. remaining provisions of sections 29-142 through 29-147 of this chapter. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 71, 5-10-83) The use of an amplifying device while conducting a walking tour is prohibited. Sec. 29‐239. ‐ Limitations on engine idling. (Ord. No. 1998-174, § 29, 9-22-98 Secs. 29‐263—29‐280. ‐ Reserved. No buses may park with engines idling for more than five (5) minutes in residential areas. (Ord. No. 1983-22, § 72, 5-10-83) ARTICLE VIII. ‐ BICYCLE TOURS

Sec. 29‐240. ‐ Report of accident required. DIVISION 1. ‐ GENERALLY The driver of a vehicle, or licensed tour guide, governed by the tourism ordinances, involved in any accident/occurrence resulting in injury to or death of any person/animal and/or property damage shall within twenty-four (24) hours of such accident/occurrence make written report thereof to the director of tourism. Further, all carriage operators must maintain current liability insurance information on their Sec. 29‐281. ‐ Conduction of bicycle tours. carriages at all times. The information must include the name of the insurance carrier, the policy number, and the contact telephone number of the insurance carrier. No person shall operate or cause to be operated bicycle tours, of whatever nature, within the old and historic district. (Ord. No. 2010-94, § 1, 5-25-10; Ord. No. 2013-11, § 1, 1-22-13) (Ord. No. 2002-24, § 1, 2, 2-26-02) Editor's note— Sec. 29‐282. ‐ Definitions.

Prior to the reenactment of § 29-240 by Ord. No. 2010-94, Ord. No. 1998-174, § 27, adopted Sept. 22, Bicycle shall be a cycle, which contains two (2) or more wheels, however powered for the purpose of 1998, repealed § 29-240 which pertained to restrictions on the operation of theme vehicles and transportation. derived from Ord. No. 1995-488, § 3, adopted Oct. 10, 1995.

Page 30 Page 31 126

Bicycle tours shall mean the use of a bicycle or bicycles to conduct a tour for hire whether or not the c. Preservation Society of Charleston. tour is conducted while the bicycle or bicycles are operational or whether they are used for transportation d. The Committee to Save the City. to various locations when the tour is conducted. e. The president of each of the neighborhood council which boundaries are adjacent to the (Ord. No. 2002-24, § 1, 2, 2-26-02) Cooper River or any port operation as well as containing any or part of its jurisdiction within ARTICLE IX. ‐ PROCESS FOR REVIEWING PROPOSED CHANGES TO THE SOUTH CAROLINA STATE PORTS the peninsula historic district. AUTHORITY'S PASSENGER CRUISE MANAGEMENT PLAN f. The tourism commission. g. The Charleston Metro Chamber of Commerce.

h. The South Carolina Maritime Association. Sec. 29‐283. ‐ Findings of fact. (2) The city shall convene a community forum to discuss the material change or Changes to the passenger cruise management plan. The forum shall be advertised with two (2) public notices in The city council hereby makes the following finds of fact: a paper of community-wide circulation and notice posted as the city publishes official meetings. (1) The city council unanimously supported and approved a resolution on September 14, 2010, in At the forum, if a majority of forum members request, additional forums shall be held for further support of the redevelopment of Union Pier and relocation of the passenger terminal to the discussion during this one (1) year. north end of Union Pier; and this resolution supported and approved the South Carolina State (3) The city shall solicit public input as well through one (1) or more public hearings, including a Ports Authority's Passenger Cruise Management Plan as outlined in letters from Jim Newsome, public hearing at a city council meeting. President and CEO of the authority, dated June 25, 2010 and Bill Stern, Chairman of the Board of the authority, dated July 30, 2010; and (b) For purposes of this section, material change will be defined as any change to the following commitments by the authority and previously supported by city council, as outlined in section 29-283, (2) Additional community input has led the mayor and city council to work with the South Carolina paragraphs (1) and (3): State Ports Authority to further define the ports authority's commitment to a process through which the city and the community will be involved in any contemplated material change in the (1) The construction of a one-berth cruise facility at the north end of Union Pier Terminal hosting no authority's passenger cruise management plan; and more than one (1) passenger cruise ship at a time at the dock, unless hosting a vessel in distress or in need of safe harbor; (3) The South Carolina State Ports Authority unanimously approved a resolution on 21 April 2011 committing to a public review process should the SCSPA make a material change in the (2) The maximum number of cruise ships calling in a calendar year; and authority's Passenger cruise management plan, as outlined in the letter from Jim Newsome, (3) A passenger terminal designed to accommodate a maximum three thousand five hundred President and CEO of the authority and Bill Stern, Chairman of the Board of the authority, dated (3,500) passenger ship. April 21, 2011; and (Ord. No. 2011-136, § 2, 9-13-11) (4) The city council finds that the public review process set forth in section 29-284 below will allow the city and the citizens to have a substantial role in discussing, consulting with, and advising Sec. 29‐285. ‐ Tourism commission review. the authority on any material change to the operations of the new cruise facility, as the authority continues its mission to contribute to the economic development of South Carolina by fostering Upon written notification by the state ports authority of a material change to the passenger cruise and stimulating waterborne commerce and shipment of freight, through the enactment of its management plan, the tourism commission will have the following roles and responsibilities: passenger cruise management plan. (1) Review preliminary plan designs related to changes in the passenger cruise management plan; (Ord. No. 2011-136, § 1, 9-13-11) (2) Advise city council regarding the changes in the passenger cruise management plan; and Sec. 29‐284. ‐ Establishment of process. (3) Make recommendations to city council regarding the changes to the passenger cruise management plan, including how the changes relate to the goals of tourism management. (a) There is hereby established a process to involve the Charleston community one (1) year in advance of any material change to the authority's passenger cruise management plan and to advise the ports (Ord. No. 2011-136, § 3, 9-13-11) authority as to the city's position on any proposed changes. Upon notification by the South Carolina Sec. 29‐286. ‐ City council to advise by resolution. State Ports Authority of any material changes in the authority's passenger cruise management plan, the following shall be done: Within the one (1) year period set forth in section 29-284, the city council shall receive the report (1) Written notification to the following organizations: from public forums and public hearings that have been held at city council meetings, the report of the tourism commission, and any other communications that city council has received, and thereafter, the city a. Cruise neighbors advisory council. If such council is not then in existence, one shall be council shall by resolution advise the South Carolina State Ports Authority of its recommendations on any appointed by the mayor with the approval of city council. Council shall have a proposed material changes in the ports authority's passenger cruise management plan. representative from each neighborhood, as recognized by the city's neighborhood council system, whose boundaries are adjacent to the Cooper River or any port operation as well (Ord. No. 2011-136, § 4, 9-13-11) as containing any or part of its jurisdiction within the peninsula historic district. b. Historic Charleston Foundation.

Page 32 Page 33 127

N

D Y D D O I

E L

. N N

, : T T D U R N A Y A F I A R

U O T O C O

V O Y Y . A O

E ; O H Y N A S T T B O F N S I

H D H S E A A N R R L

O E T N Y I T E I S

E A D U I P

R

T E G

B T S E I N R C I E S I

R K W A A N L

U R

I S C Y , D T T A M I O

S O A I P

. B A I T A S N

G N U

E

A E C , E N A T I

E A I A T N

L Q E G R I S A O C L

R H I O W

, R

C C C N D O M A I T Y C N S E A O O O N U P

I R R A e Y T R . F H H L N E F R r

R D

U R O N M E

T R C U

O F U N E F a A O C A . Y

R I

E M N Q V P

T L O N I C R M S

u

E

I O N D

E T F

, C A T E R U I R S F R E N q S Y S O U T

N S A C A C S E

N K I U , I I E N A

S L D S

E I T E S A H L W E

A

D R L L Y T U T

A 1 O E

N F

P

R I F D r y F O O D N N C L R E X

G

I H N E T t E E , e L N A A O T R P E

T

r

N H

N O t

S R D I

A

W I A R N

I R S

S N

S A ² e N N Y T I n H D V R G N O E A S O R

I M R b S O C E H O e A E P O K C

E I P i E

R

T T A

A U H

R

A R S N N

W I A U A

R V E S C

S

L S P R E I

M M O

E R D

E H I D R W

E D T

T O N L e A O

T

E H A

M N N C O 1

N E T S D R R R D

E U A F O N L O I D A O A

E E F

T U A m I D , ,

T P T A V E L

S Q D i S F

S I H L T

S A t S D

T R O

S A M L N S P E C i N R E T E M

N N A E E R A O O

r

E H L M I V F O S E I H P R N O I C

N

T Y

T a

I R

M S

O R T C R k

T E A I

N O N A

N T R P E N I R I r E T Y F F N

H H

O O A M O R O S E O I

I T D N I

T a A

N O I

L

C

P R

T ,

T E S Y Y C R O C E R P A E Y F

L N

S G S

C E N

A S

V I T O R E E M O E I E

O E A D U

E R

I

M H

R R A R C N

P N Y .

T G E D

I

Y I

T T

g h

T

P

M 1 O T T

T A L

S P

S E I E

N

I A

R

D F S E

T

u

R E O

N H I

A R

O C I D

C O N R

N N T I

o

M E N O . M I 1 C E I 2 H

T U L H o r

T

O H

g b L A

g C a r W

ST WASHINGTON

T

S S17

N U T O I S T

T

S D

T S Y A B

E C R E N A P O H P S N

M T RA C

7 N P 1 R e

S T

US I I T

M E s T T

S

T R S D

A V R

S u

S O

P C

T R N

o O

R N E C 7

P E O K

1 H H

M S R S

A s

A M N U ER ST 0 R A ND

H LEXA M

A

m T T

R O N

S T T

o E

J S

DRAKE ST

D t

S

S

L G

H

T T

N E

T

E N

E

u s L A P P S

C T S

P S

O A

K U

G

T

S A

E C A R

D R O

T T

I S

I H T

L E

S S T

R S E

C

R

T S

B T B

S T

R T

U S

E

B

E

N S O

S U

A

O A

N D N T E

L D

G F

E

E L

R

D O

T N S I

M O O

R R R

R T O

C Y P

R L

S

A E

R

A C S C

T R S

O

U

A

E Q A N N L V Y F E L T O

S M D

A E

H Y

E C A O

R D R

N E A

N D C

E E

L

C T G Y G G T G

S M E R N I L S N

P T E G U A O T

M A L

M C G C N S

E

O H

A R

T O

S T T F

S

S G R

C A

N

Y L

H O

T T E

S H

N

N D X F

H A L

M T Y

O I N R O A ST E AMERIC L E N O I W H

S

A G L A L T S W

L R H S Y E

T S

T E F G

T

I T C

S I

D R H

T E C

D Y

R N

R E Y

S W

U O

E U

N A G

I

R

J B

H Y

E D S

2 U L

T F

A A A

I K E

N

S T

T A

5 I T

S A R D T

H H

T G E

e

P M T

£ ¤ A

A L

T E

P E

S N r O S N

D W F

I A

T L I G

a

M N T Y L H T

H S P T S

BE D A

A E Z UENIN ST P ELI T E S

UG T

H A A

H S T M R

S q u N

IN M S

EN

UGU T H S K O

A L

S Y T L T A T T ES

G L H

R 3 UR C T

E B

S

R E

S G

I R E R H A N O O g V N E R

S S T GE R T I

A E S

D R E T D

g

S P T I

N U

A D N N S

a T

T E SO T

I G N

H E Y T R r T

O

S S

N R A I A N H

OR I E S V

M H L L

T D

W K

D L Y

L

A

E E R

T R

E S Q N N

E O D

A A S D

S A E

B

M P M L U

N ST

P G T R T S I

s

O

E

G

S E

N D G

S H N A A L S S A U

S T B

N

R

N

S

y

R M

E OA T O

E T

r S H

L U H L W t

S C

P R

O R

B U

N C

ST H J T

O G

T TIN S B C

EE L

O

T M

S

u n T

r

S O

P Y T R

S

ST R

R S

VE L S

O Y e N E

o E A C

N H S

Y

M T L N

F Y A R n

M

N

S

Y O A A L L C

n t

R

A L

S

T

R H e T A R O T T S

e S

U A

D r

w

E S

O T SPECIAL EVENTS LOCATIONS

W

N L 6 I S S O

B Y

CT H

E CS U J S

D C

o L

2 E T E O

I C

W C

C R R N L E

T u a A R E C L

s

2 E O T

T S ' O

O

q K H T

D T

S

r Y S T A

S R A

C E L S

T I S W

T o B T

ST K A h e U N

SA E A

t

S NAS

N

N S E

S M t

1 2 Q C L i

o M

O K L

A

S

s T A

S f

S o n S

T C

L

I i T

J S T i

E N

U T

o S

L E I

r

R C

S R

T

V S

B

U

1

E B A

a

R E S U

N

W L

R S H B M

A K

R O C

A O O

A

U A I

M H

u m H

L

L

S O S

D T

I M T e

L T B

E H

O N

t i

s E C

R

R

L

C A

C

T P u U

A D L

O

S O O

T

C T R

O T

A S

C R

M

N

S

O H

C

G ST T C

N R N I

K F s

Y S U ' A H T C

T T T ST UT n S

S ALN

W R S S

e S T T

E E r E S a S N

R B

T d I C O E T D

S l

L N T T L T T I L R

S T N T S E Y h i R Y U O

L U S O P L S

R F F N C B A

S A N F

E E I P A I M I

I RA S K S N L D T I O S I D G B T E

T C c N L

D S I P C

R T

N E O S

E T C I

A M T

7 I

S

C

S

1 T E N

r

P S L

T I

C IL R

YER PH A

O T T A

N D

B £ ¤ AI

P

P S T

H M

M O

A e

S T A

R J P

C

R 6

2

I S

T I

R

S i A

Y C S

E S

N M O R R R D T

Y S

7 H

u r

R

L S

E A

1

T M

T T

T I L

o

A O £ ¤

P S

G Y

M S

A R S E I 2 6

R A M P

R G E

R

M N

U 7 S T

S T o 1 A

S C E B O R E U E E T

L O

W H G S R T

1 F S d W

E E T

F E T

I T A n

G N T

S L W I B N

T

a

S D

6

C C Z

F S

E

D 2 T

t O S

T A

D E

§ ¨ ¦

S

S Y

R R

s W 6

H R A

L A G G

T N E

C 2

A L S

N E o H

T A A

A R § ¨ ¦

A

P

T

P

T M

Y P

T M

S

T

T L

S

E

S

R

L S C

S L T

H T

E I U

R C T

N S

R C

K T

A E S

O

E C H L

L G L T

L T A M N LIP S G P I PH L

I AINT E S S

T T E U O S

S T O

S

H N W

O

P O L B C

T t L

S S

S

E

N E

T R

E P R

T A M

B E G

T R E l O L

S A

E

T N i E B

T B L F

S T Y T a S L

T S F

A S

S N J

I ND L N IRKLA T R

E K

S S I

T P

U L N

R

O A

L V

N S P

S L y O

E I

C G

O W

P M

A t O T

P

M N T S A

i D

N H N 0

C A

R

T S A N S

T I A G E O R n N L C R

G D N

R R T C

R T ING S E M

L CO U

T

O R T O R D d E

N D S

I l

S C O

A M

N E

F E H A

W D G O

S C V

8

S T

N PITT S

7 I A L

D P

N £ ¤

R Y

M

T L T

T S R

A S X T D

Y I S L

RC E E

E F V

N P L T

O I

e

B

L

T

G T S

K D

A

T N O

C B

C

T S A

IS T Y O

W O R

E S

W L N F

E R

E L N V

T E

A S P L

S N

T E E

N L A

C

O NG J A S

T I

E D L S

N

N E R E

A L

N O T S S

U T

L U

L

S

N

P

ST O MAS

THO L

T E Q

ST E

T ACY C

R H

T

S N P

M C

I A T T S W R S S E W M

T H

AND AS

T A

SH E VD

T T

N M T

T S

S

N L

T C CT L S F

E L

H E C AS S E I

R O

O H

S E

D B

I N

T

R E

S E T

Y R

R

G N

R G D

E A S Y T C M

H

A P

T A A

R N

S R S I P

T

T

C

N L

T

E S

O

R R

A

E M

M

G I E

A T R

A T P s

S

S R

Y

G

U D

S E

U S

N

L U

U

I

S

T O N O S D

ITH T

ST SM H

R P E S M

L

L Y

A T L e K C

A M

B I

S W M

R

T L

R T

S

O S W N E S G O

S T P E R

I P

S S l C

O T

T O

I

A T E

S T L L TH

I S

T R M

S H

S S O R E P G

I AT T C

A

E N S

E T T

A C E S E

OL T P O

C ND ERRY S

P N

C T

O V

R S M

V A I

C E B

N

A M i

A

O C

A

O M

H

A M S

L E v

P E E C K S E N S

C T

H S

M

T S

S Y U R

EY D ST CT Y D A

EW TO RE T

D E S

E R L

7 1 S

F R R L

A I

C T

C 1

N

A T R U T

U S

R

E

I

G O T O C

I P S W I

C H

C T l

H E

C

P S

R

M O

E

U R

V

E V B A H E G D E I L T U

R L

M e

L

P

E O A L Y k K

a T

S a T

L S

T k S

E

S r l B

D B

a I a

i

1 S T

T C

S T

A N G

N T

P

S

N E

T S

S E T N R A

A L S

n i

E T

V S

A

G

O L

L N

S O N A

n

S I

S o Y

WE I N

3

E O N M L

I E T o O A

I C

V A

o l D

S F H

V

R E R

L

U

L G

C T T n

E B T

A L

C U S a

E c

E

S T E

U

T T O C G

N E

O C

T B T B

MP S

O

A S

H S

D D

N

S S

I E E S V A Y E L E H S

M A D

A L

L

N E E

D T

k

W R B

O U T A r

R

D G S

a R

R N T T

P

O O T

e T

1

G C T

n

E

S

T S S E e K C A R

K N

l D

R

N

l

E

N V V

T S

A E

I

H

E L M T T T

2 S

T

1 E

T K

B L O T

S C A S N A I L

L B I

K A

B

S R S

K I

S T H C

N O T G N I L S

I A M

T C

E

S

Y

U C

T

Y

V E

E S L T C

S S R R O Y

O

S

A

N H

ST S R L

R A

G A A

N

G

N

T S H S

E T M

L S

O N T H E A D D N S A D R A A

k M ST G

U U T T

T N S

r MO T

SE

S O T

N R O

E C a

AV L S

ND

A S RL Y

H L

E A

P UTH S N L D L

I

N D

T A E

B

T A A D

C N S

D D

A

N

o n A C

L C

S T A

R S

N A C

R E U

N L S p t A 1 0 H H T T S A

O N D O

SU J

E R

D

p

O R

K T

E Y

A

V T S

T

A N E

D I

S W E

R P

H m E ST

T ARR Y

A B

1

1 G

a T S T

T N E R D I S E R P O

L H

R H B

P

G

U

T U

M

N O Y

E D R

D

I T A

S S

M

E

L

T S

N A L M R R O N

P U

E B

OOD AV

W R D

T K D R A H R R H PA E

HALSEY BLVD

T

E V A

T H C

T T T 0 O 1 C S E E W

S

V

Y

A

T

E u m

H i

N VE

H A G

T d T S

R D O O O L ILWO F N U T KE a T T t

O S

S S

D S

E

N

1

Y

L R D

Y A N E T R U O A C O d

R D

T

W R

D D

D H L

A o

L

S N R g

A

A

VE O E

A a

OD T

MWO S N T L S

N A H G E U A

V N

H

AVE E

H H

9T C T S

O H N RT

J U

O O

P F

H T

E V A

D O

O G A H M S

H E A P L R

5

CE L R

N A . T R S

O

V A A R B A

E OF REMEMBR H NU C D AVE R 0

D

P T S O Y

R R E H C O M

P

W A

M

R T K

VE A

A S

S E

M R I C

E

V M A

H T

8 R

V

O D G

A T

L

N

D

I S

N T

E

O R

O S

N

E

V P

S

E V

A O O

S

D

A N

N

I W N d

R l N

L K

N N P

A A

e C

A E O

i M

H C O

T

T V

S A M NES AVE L

S O F J S

C A

L R

E I

I P

T

E S R

N R 1 y

W M

E D

N N

N A I

R

R D U

n e R K

E A U O

D

N o

0

V

G O

B

t 3

E E V A A R E N

E

G

R A

W

H

C W J S S K

A E

S

I I

E C

E

M

F

S

V O I P V M A R

0 3 C

S L T

A

O A

N

I R V E ST

A E

R P

E I N

S O L U Z M R RI DR O A O G H OD R C WO T

N CK

L O S

L H A M M O N D

A V E E

D W E

R E I

R B

E V E V A

H T 6 T

GIS E

RE G

E D

I 5 V

k

R

A

r

B

2

S a

. D N

P

I L

K O

0

y N e

8 E

l J i R

s o e

J

n

E V A

H T 5 o i t a c o k r L

a s t P e

n n e i n k 1 v L 1

b a E e

y l l t t

t

r

7 1 S a i i r

e

U

7 1 S c B

p U e o d p r S P n

e

P M

g

A R

e

0 3 0 L C S 128 TOURISM ZONES 129

Tour Vehicle Type Size of Number Hours Allowed Allowed Route # of People Vehicle Permitted Walking Tour n/a Unrestricted 9 a.m. – 6 p.m. DST, 9a.m-5 p.m. EST Unrestricted 20 + tour guide Small Bus <26’ 36 9 a.m. -6 p.m. DST, 9am-5p.m EST Small buses may operate on all streets in the districts, with the exception of brick and cobblestone Unrestricted streets, any public way designated as an alley, lane or court, on Tradd Street, between Meeting and Church Street. The peninsula city shall be divided into zones of operation as may be recommended from time to time by the commission and approved by city council. The tourism director shall assign to touring entities with regularly scheduled small bus tours a route. Upon being assigned a particular route for a given tour, the touring entity must follow such route and utilize its best efforts to spend equal amounts of time in each zone of operation on the route. Motor /Large 25’-40’ Slot A - 6 Slot A: 9 a.m. – 12 p.m., 2 – 4:30 p.m. Perimeter route only Unrestricted Bus Slot B - 4 Slot B: 12 p.m. – 2 p.m,4:30 -6 pm Motor Coach/Large 25’-40’ Unrestricted Unrestricted The permit shall specify the route to and from the designated delivery and pickup points at the time Unrestricted Bus – Transportation of such transportation

Carriage <12’ 20 Gate opens at 9:00 a.m. and closes All Public ways except the following: Unrestricted Zone 1 – 6 at 5:30 p.m. during EST and 6:30  The bricked portion of Church St., from Water St. to S. Battery, and all cobblestone and Belgium Zone 2 – 6 p.m. during DST. Medallions issued block streets. Zone 3 – 8 until 1-hour before closure of gate. Any public way designated as an alley, land or court (excluding St. Michael's Alley which may be used M-F from 4 to 6 p.m., and Horlbeck Alley which may be used Monday through Friday from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.  Atlantic St., Price's Alley, Rope Maker's Ln., Bedons Alley, Ladson St., Big Lamboll St., Water St. (from Church to Meeting), Church St. (from Tradd to Water St.), Broad St. (West of State St.) from 7 to 9 a.m. and 4 to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, Meeting St. (North of Broad St.) from 7 to 9 a.m. and 4 to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday. Carriage – <12’ Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Transportation 130

Planned Unit Development (PUD) Development Guidelines & Land Use Plan

City Project ID # 150319-RiverRd-1

City of Charleston John’s Island, SC March 16, 2015

Originally Approved: August 16, 2005 #2005-331 Previously Amended: October 9, 2012 #2012-378

RELATIONSHIP TO THE CITY OF CHARLESTON ZONING ORDINANCE

The Development Guidelines and Land Use Plan for the Stonoview Planned Unit Development (PUD), attached hereto and made a part hereof, are part of the PUD conditional use Master Plan application submitted in accordance with the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston, Article 2, Part 7 Sections 54-250, et seq. The Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston is incorporated herein by reference, except as amended herein.

No person shall erect or alter any building, structure, or sign on any tract of land or use any tract of land within the Stonoview PUD except in conformance with these guidelines and regulations. Unless modified herein, definitions of terms used in the Stonoview PUD development Guidelines shall follow definitions listed in the Zoning Ordinance of the city of Charleston, as amended from time to time. Administration and enforcement of the adopted Stonoview PUD Master Plan shall follow Article 9 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Charleston.

The Stonoview PUD Master Plan was approved by Charleston City Council on , Ordinance Number . Stonoview PUD Zoning Revision

Table of Contents

I. Executive Summary 1 II. Land Use 1 III. Zoning Criteria 2 IV. Open Space 2 V. Buffers 3 VI. Tree Summary 3 VII. Right-Of-Way 4 VIII. Drainage Basin Analysis 5 IX. Traffic Study – See Appendix D 5 X. Cultural Resources – See Appendix E 6 XI. Utilities 6 XII. Signage 6

Appendices

A Land Use Plan B Open Space Plan C Existing Conditions D Monuments & Signage E Coordination Correspondence F Traffic Study performed by HEG Engineering G Cultural Assessment performed by Chicora Foundation H Endangered Species Report

I. Executive Summary

The Stonoview development is located in the City of Charleston, on John’s Island, South Carolina. The development’s access is on the east side of River Road, approximately 1.2 miles south of the Maybank/River Road intersection. The property borders the Stono River to the East and River Road to the West. A South Carolina Electric & Gas power line easement occupies 0.81 acres of the northeast corner of the property. The future Interstate 526 Right of Way boundary will occupy 0.41 acres directly northeast of the power line easement.

The original property includes the tax map numbers of 315-00-00-012 and 315-00-00-047 with the proposed addition of the newly annexed parcel 315-00-00-120. The total area is 147.09 acres. The property is to be developed by River Road Development, LLC. We are seeking the expansion of Planned Urban Development (PUD) zoning as our site contains special grand tree resources and we believe the plan for this residential community is unique. We request the continued PUD zoning for flexibility of design and layout of lot sizes, setbacks, lot widths, pavement and sidewalk design to mitigate adverse impacts to grand trees, and to assist in the preservation of other environmental and aesthetic resources on the site.

An endangered species investigation and cultural assessment report were conducted and are included separately. Neither report found any direct evidence of impacts to endangered species or historically significant resources on the site.

The intended development of the land is for single family residences with a minimum 1-acre waterfront amenity zone (including a waterfront park) providing the neighborhood with direct access to the Stono River. The project intends to preserve, to the best of its ability, the natural conditions of the subject property in order to maintain the charming characteristics of Charleston, John’s Island, and the Stono River area. Each home will be carefully situated in order to protect trees, wetlands, and other natural resources.

II. Land Use

The intended use of the land is for the development of single family residential housing. A land use plan has been prepared and constitutes Appendix A. The existing area breakdown is summarized below: Area in Saltwater Marsh 56.38 acres Area Freshwater Wetlands 8.74acres Highland Area 81.97 acres Total Area 147.09 acres

1

The total number of lots shall be no greater than 229, providing a net density of 2.8 lots per buildable highland acre.

III. Zoning Criteria

Lot Requirements: The proposed development is single-family detached housing with minimum lot sizes of five thousand (5000) square feet. Exceptions shall be for unusual circumstances involving tree preservation. The minimum lot frontage shall be fifty (50) feet. The minimum setbacks are ten (10) feet from the front and rear property lines and five (5) feet from the side property lines. Front porch steps may encroach five (5) feet into the front setback. Maximum lot occupancy is to be one primary dwelling per lot. The minimum lot frontage shall be fifty (50) feet and thirty (30) feet on cul-de-sacs. Flag lots and drives shall have a twenty (20) foot frontage. The maximum lot coverage with primary and secondary structures shall be 70%.

Height Requirements: The primary residence shall have a height restriction of forty (40) feet from the lowest curb line elevation adjacent to the site. Properties located within a Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) special flood hazard area shall be permitted to have dwellings with a maximum height, not to exceed forty-five (45) feet. Exceptions will include special architectural features such as chimneys, cupolas and elevator overrides.

Accessory Buildings: Accessory buildings shall have requirements such that they must be setback five (5) feet from the front property line, five (5) feet from each side property line, and five (5) feet from the back property line. Accessory buildings shall have a maximum height of twenty-five (25) feet and a maximum area of eight hundred (800) square feet of conditioned living space. Accessory buildings can include heated living or office space and must maintain a similar exterior finish and architectural appearance to that of the primary residence.

Parking and Boat Storage: Parking shall be accommodated with driveways and off-street parking. Boat storage and access shall be allowed in designated areas to be determined by the Homeowners Association.

For all other permitted uses, please refer to the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance.

IV. Open Space

Open space calculations are based on the total area from River Road to the OCRM delineated critical line. Stonoview property also contains 56.38 acres of saltwater marsh which is to be

2

considered a conservation area, and shall not be included in the open space calculations. The total area from which open space calculations shall be made is 90.21 acres, consisting of the area between River Road and the OCRM delineated critical line, and including freshwater wetlands. Twenty (20%) percent of this area, or 29.41 acres, shall be required for total open space. The total usable open space shall be twenty-five (25%) percent of the total open space, and shall be a minimum of 7.35 acres.

A waterfront park is planned to stretch along the Stono River, providing waterfront access to the entire community. Pathways and pocket parks will meander throughout the development and amongst the wetland areas. The Stonoview Homeowners Association (HOA) shall own and maintain these areas.

V. Buffers

Critical Line Buffers: The critical line buffers will be determined, reviewed and administered by the Department of Health & Environmental Control (DHEC) and the Office of Coastal Resource Management (OCRM) as well as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE).

Freshwater Wetland Buffers: Freshwater wetland buffers will be determined, reviewed and administered by the Department of Health & Environmental Control (DHEC) and the Office of Coastal Resource Management (OCRM) as well as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE); to include buffer minimums, delineations and averaging. Exceptions shall be considered in areas where tree preservation prevails. Walking paths and trails shall be permitted in these buffers. If necessary, utility easements may occupy the wetland buffers.

Ownership and Maintenance: Buffers located in areas belonging to the Homeowner’s Association (HOA) shall be maintained by the HOA. These include walking trails, parks, detention ponds, and all buffers not directly located within individual lot boundaries. Buffers that are directly adjacent to or within lot boundaries shall be maintained by that lot owner. These buffers include critical line buffers located between individual lots and the critical line.

VI. Tree Summary

The Stonoview development is devoted to preserving grand trees. Every effort will be made to protect the grand trees (24” or larger diameter). A tree survey has been completed and it shall be coordinated with City staff to assure tree protection standards pursuant to the City of Charleston Zoning Ordinance. Grand trees shall not be removed from the property, lot, or road right-of-ways unless a tree removal variance is acquired from the City of Charleston. In cases where critical root

3

zone impact is necessary (such as home, driveway & hardscape location), tactics for minimal impact via materials, installation & treatment will be upon the recommendation of a Certified Arborist.

VII. Right-Of-Way

The Right-of-Way (ROW) shall be public and built to the City of Charleston’s standards. Public street ROWs will be a minimum of fifty (50) feet throughout the subdivision except in the area of the entrance, where the ROW shall be a minimum of seventy (70) feet. The paved section shall meet the City Zoning Criteria for twenty two (22) feet (excluding curb and gutter), except in areas where grand trees are to be preserved. In these areas, it is proposed that pavement widths may be reduced to twenty (20) feet, exclusive of curb and gutter. Any proposal for pavement reduction shall be negotiated, reviewed, and approved by the City of Charleston Technical Review Committee staff. Modified (“rollback”) curb and gutter is proposed with a standard five (5) foot sidewalk, reducing down to four (4) foot where adjacent to tree critical root zone and/or wetland areas of sensitivity, sidewalk on one side of the street. In areas where grand trees are to be preserved, vertical curb may be considered. Right of ways throughout the project including cul-de-sacs will be designed to accommodate emergency vehicles and public service vehicles.

Lighting and signage shall not obstruct traffic and will be placed in the Right of Way (to include the verge) in accordance with City of Charleston regulations.

Street Trees shall be provided throughout the development. Size categories will range from small to large and spacing will vary from 40’ to 60’.

The intent for accessibility throughout the project is to provide that all public Rights-of-Way and all amenities be ADA compliant.

Sight distance visibility at all exits and/or intersections will be maintained in accordance with SCDOT Access and Roadside Management Standards (ARMS) Manual.

4

VIII. Drainage Basin Analysis

The total acreage is approximately two hundred thirty five 235 acres, and includes approximately thirteen (13) acres of jurisdictional fresh water wetlands. There are nearly fifty-seven (57) acres of salt water marsh. The wetlands and the critical area have been determined and certified by the COE and OCRM. The majority of the undeveloped land is wooded and the remaining consists of fields and irrigation/drainage ditches that had an agricultural use at one time. The ditches flow towards the Stono River where they make outfall to the marshes of the River. On-site drainage on undeveloped areas sheet flows to drainage ditches where it is carried to the Stono River. The topography has elevations ranging from approximately seventeen (17) feet near River Road to four (4) feet Mean Sea Level (NAVD 29). The proposed project area included in the PUD amendment will include a drainage study and drainage plans designed and developed in accordance with City and State requirements; including the City’s Stormwater Design Standards Manual (SDSM).

IX. Traffic Study

The traffic study is provided under a separate cover as Appendix F, Stonoview Traffic Study, by HEG Engineering Consultants, dated March, 2005. This study addresses traffic generation from Stonoview phase 1 & 2 as well as phase 3 which is being developed on the 19 acres parcel Charleston County TMS 315-00-00-120. Also included is the Traffic Study by SRS Engineering dated 1-30- 15.

5

X. Cultural Resources

The cultural resource assessment is provided under a separate cover as Appendix G, by Chicora Foundation, Inc., dated March 10, 2005 with an update by Brockington & Associates dated 2005.

XI. Utilities

Potable Water: Potable water is to be provided by St. Johns Water System. Phase 1 of the system is already constructed and permitted for operation by SCDHEC. Additional phases of the water system will be designed in accordance with St. Johns Water Company standards and permitted through the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control. All resources shall be utilized so that adequate fire flow will be provided to meet the City fire protection standards. Fire protection design requirements have been provided by the City of Charleston Fire Department. The water distribution system will be designed to meet these requirements.

Wastewater: Wastewater service is provided by Charleston Water System. A regional wastewater pump station owned by CWS has been constructed to serve the growing area near Stonoview. This regional facility has been permitted for operation by SCDHEC and is currently in service. This system is connected to other existing CWS wastewater infrastructure on John’s Island. Wastewater system extensions to serve future phases will be designed in accordance with CWS Standards and permitted through SCDHEC for construction and operation. All supplementary material, including public utility letters confirming availability, shall be provided to the City of Charleston when they become available.

Open Conveyances: A minimum easement width for any open conveyance is twenty-four (24) feet. For open conveyances greater than four feet wide and/or four feet deep the drainage easement width shall accommodate a five (5) foot shoulder and a fifteen (15) foot maintenance shelf from top of bank.

XII. Signage

A Master Signage Plan will be developed for the entire site. Entry Monuments, Signage, Landscape and supporting infrastructure (such as landscape lighting & irrigation) shall be exempt from the City Buffer ordinance & encroachment requirements for River Road (Sec. 54-349). Monument descriptions for the development are as follows:

6

Entry Monuments: One set of entry monuments will be placed at the neighborhood’s primary entrance along River Road. These signs will conform to size and height requirements per Section 54-415 of the City of Charleston’s Zoning Ordinance.

Street Monuments: Street monuments will be placed at each intersection within the development. Approximate quantities will be determined per intersection. These street monuments will be custom designed, and will replace the use of standard City and State DOT signage. Street monument locations will occur inside the public Rights-of-Way, being constructed of breakaway materials. Repair and maintenance of Street Monuments will be the responsibility of the Homeowner’s Association (HOA). Signage construction details will be coordinated with the City of Charleston’s Department of Traffic & Transportation.

Address Monuments: One address monument sign will be placed near the intersecting access sidewalk or driveway for each home site. Address monument locations to occur adjacent to and outside of the public Rights-Of-Way.

Please refer to Appendix D for the Monuments & Signage Exhibit.

7

APPENDIX A

Land Use Plan

STONOVIEW ACREAGE CHART

PHASE AREA

SFR - SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL 41.16 AC OS - OPEN SPACE 90.47 AC PUMP STATION 00.25 AC R.O.W. 15.46 AC

TOTAL AREA: 147.09 AC

STONOVIEW OPEN SPACE ACREAGE CHART

OPEN SPACE AREA FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS ACTIVE OPEN SPACE 17.68 AC

OS - OPEN SPACE: 72.53 AC STONO RIVER  PONDS 7.41 AC  WETLANDS 8.74 AC SALT MARSH  CONSERVATION/MARSH 56.38 AC FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

TOTAL OPEN SPACE: 90.21 AC or 61.33%

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

TRACT 'A' PREVIOUSLY APPROVED JOHN’S ISLAND, SCJOHN’S 03.16.15

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

LAND USE LEGEND

SFR - Single Family Residential: 41.16 AC  209 Units

R.O.W. - 15.46 AC

OS - Open Space: 90.47 AC

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS Ponds RIVER ROAD - 60' R/W

Pump Station

Salt Marsh TRACT 'B' PENDING APPROVAL

Multi-Use Trail

250' 125' 0' 250' 500' STONOVIEW - PUD REVISION STONOVIEW NORTH SCALE : 1:500 @ 11" X 17" LAND USE PLAN

APPENDIX B

Open Space Plan

STONOVIEW ACREAGE CHART

PHASE AREA

SFR - SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL 41.16 AC OS - OPEN SPACE 90.47 AC PUMP STATION 00.25 AC R.O.W. 15.46 AC

TOTAL AREA: 147.09 AC

STONOVIEW OPEN SPACE ACREAGE CHART

OPEN SPACE AREA FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS ACTIVE OPEN SPACE 17.68 AC

OS - OPEN SPACE: 72.53 AC STONO RIVER  PONDS 7.41 AC  WETLANDS 8.74 AC SALT MARSH  CONSERVATION/MARSH 56.38 AC FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

TOTAL OPEN SPACE: 90.21 AC or 61.33%

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

TRACT 'A' PREVIOUSLY APPROVED JOHN’S ISLAND, SCJOHN’S 03.16.15

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS

OPEN SPACE LEGEND

OS - Open Space Tract: 72.53 AC  Ponds: 7.41 AC  Wetlands: 8.74 AC  Conservation/Marsh: 56.38

FUTURE INTERPARCEL ACCESS Active Open Space: 17.68 AC RIVER ROAD - 60' R/W

Multi-Use Trail

TRACT 'B' PENDING APPROVAL

250' 125' 0' 250' 500' STONOVIEW - PUD REVISION STONOVIEW NORTH SCALE : 1:500 @ 11" X 17" OPEN SPACE PLAN

APPENDIX C

Existing Conditions

JOHN’S ISLAND, SCJOHN’S 03.16.15 STONOVIEW - PUD REVISION STONOVIEW AERIAL

APPENDIX D

Monuments & Signage

ARCHITECTURE

LAND ARCHITECTURE

LAND PLANNING

BYERS DESIGN GROUP, LLC 237 KING STREET CHARLESTON, SC 29401

S T. 843.577.5703 F. 843.577.2009 T O www.byersdesign.com N O V I E W 1 R 2 D. 3

ARCHITECT'S SEAL

2' 1' 0' 2' 4' 6'

SCALE : 1/4"=1'-0" @ 11" X 17" JOHN’S ISLAND, SCJOHN’S 03.16.15 JOHNS ISLAND, STONOVIEW SOUTH CAROLINA

SHEET TITLE:

SIGNAGE EXHIBIT

SHEET NUMBER: L-200 STONOVIEW - PUD REVISION STONOVIEW

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION JOB #: 16436.20

DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE PROPRIETARY AND PROPERTY OF BYERS DESIGN GROUP, LLC. DATE: MARCH 16, 2015 NO USAGE ON ANY OTHER PROJECT OR DESIGN PERMITTED. VIOLATIONS SUBJECT TO FULL PROSECUTION UNDER LAW. USAGE FOR ANY REASON OUTSIDE OF THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT MUST HAVE RE: PUD REVISION MONUMENTS &WRITTEN PERMISSIONSIGNAGE FROM BYERS DESIGN GROUP, LLC.

APPENDIX E

Coordination Correspondence

7/2/2014

Mr. Bob Horner Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. 672 Marina Dr., Ste. 204 Charleston, SC 29492

Re: Sewer Availability to TMS #315-00-00-120 to serve 44 single family residential units

Dear Mr. Horner,

This letter is to certify our willingness and ability to provide wastewater collection service to the above referenced site in Charleston County, South Carolina, upon the completion of the proposed gravity sewer main in Stono View Plantation and the regional pump station. Wastewater collection service to this site would be made available via the proposed eight inch gravity main in the proposed Stono View Plantation subdivision. Any subdividing of the property subsequent to this correspondence will require a review process of the civil engineering plans to ensure compliance with the Charleston Water System minimum standards. Any extensions and/or modifications to the infrastructure to serve this site will be a developer expense. Please be advised that wastewater impact fees, wastewater tap fees, change-in-use fees, and/or cost to extend fees will be due prior to connection of any Charleston Water System’s sewer system. This letter does not reserve capacity in the Charleston Water System infrastructure and it is incumbent upon the developer or his agent to confirm the availability herein granted past 12 months of this correspondence.

The Charleston Water System certifies the availability of service only insofar as its rights allow. Should access to our existing sewer main/mains be denied by appropriate governing authorities, the Charleston Water System will have no other option than to deny service.

Please contact St. John’s Water Company concerning water service issues.

This letter is not to be construed as a letter of acceptance for operation and maintenance from the Department of Health and Environmental Control.

If there are any questions pertaining to this letter, please do not hesitate to call on me at (843) 727-6870.

Sincerely,

Cheryl L. Boyle Engineering Assistant Charleston Water System cc: file

This is an "uncontrolled" copy of a controlled document.

This is an "uncontrolled" copy of a controlled document.

9/13/2013

Mr. Bob Horner Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. 672 Marina Dr., Ste. 204 Charleston, SC 29492

Re: Sewer Availability to TMS #315-00-00-120 to serve 50 single family residential units

Dear Mr. Horner,

This letter is to certify our willingness and ability to provide wastewater collection service to the above referenced site in Charleston County, South Carolina, upon the completion of the proposed gravity sewer main in Stono View Plantation and the regional pump station. Wastewater collection service to this site would be made available via the proposed eight inch gravity main in the proposed Stono View Plantation subdivision. Any subdividing of the property subsequent to this correspondence will require a review process of the civil engineering plans to ensure compliance with the Charleston Water System minimum standards. Any extensions and/or modifications to the infrastructure to serve this site will be a developer expense. Please be advised that wastewater impact fees, wastewater tap fees, change-in-use fees, and/or cost to extend fees will be due prior to connection of any Charleston Water System’s sewer system. This letter does not reserve capacity in the Charleston Water System infrastructure and it is incumbent upon the developer or his agent to confirm the availability herein granted past 12 months of this correspondence.

The Charleston Water System certifies the availability of service only insofar as its rights allow. Should access to our existing sewer main/mains be denied by appropriate governing authorities, the Charleston Water System will have no other option than to deny service.

Please contact St. John’s Water Company concerning water service issues.

This letter is not to be construed as a letter of acceptance for operation and maintenance from the Department of Health and Environmental Control.

If there are any questions pertaining to this letter, please do not hesitate to call on me at (843) 727-6870.

Sincerely,

Cheryl L. Boyle Engineering Assistant Charleston Water System cc: file

This is an "uncontrolled" copy of a controlled document.

44 4 4 !4 4 !4 4 !4 !! !4!!44!4!!4!4!4!4!44 !4 !4!4!4 !!4 !4 !4 !4 !4￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 4!!4 !4!4! !4!4 !4 4!4!4 !4 !4 !4 !4!4!4 !4 !4 !4! !4!4!4!4!4!4 !4 ! !4 !4 !4 !4 !4 !4 !4 !4 4 4!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ! !4! !4 !4 !4 8 inch !4 !4!4!4 !4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿4!4 8 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ inch !4!4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 !4!4 4!4 !4 !4 !4 !4!! 4!4 !44 !4!4 !4!4!4!4 !4 !4 !4 !4! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4!4 ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4! !4!4 !4!4 !4!4 !4 ￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4 !4 !4 !44!￿￿4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 !4 !4 !44 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4!4!4 !4 !4 !4!4! !4 !4 ! ! !4 !4 !4 !4 !4!4 !4 4 ￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4 !4 4!!4 !4!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!44 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ 4￿￿￿￿44 ￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4!4!4 !4 !4 !4 ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4 !4!44! ! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !!!4 !4 !4 !4!4!4!4!4 4!4 4! 15 inch 18 inch !4!4!4 !4 !4 !4 !4 ￿￿! ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿! !4 12 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ inch !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 ®!4 !4 !4 !4 !4!4!4 4 4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4 !4!4 !4 !44!4!4!4!44 4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4! ! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4 !4! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4!4! 4 ! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4 4 !4 !4￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿4!4!4 !4!4! ! !4!4 !4!4 !4 ! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 4 !4 ￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿4 !4 !4!4!4!!4!4!4!!4!4 ! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4!4!4! !4 !4 !4 !4 ￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4!4!4!4!4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ 8 inch !4 !4!4!4 !4 !4 !4 !4 !4 !4!4 ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 !4 !4 4 44 4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿4 ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ 4 ! 4 !!4￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !3 inch !4 !!4 44! 44! ￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4!!4!4!4!44 !4 !444!4!4!!!4 ￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4! 4 ! !4!4!4!4!4 !4!!!4!4!4!4!4 !4 !4 ! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 8 inch!4 !4 !4 !4 8 inch 44 !4!4 !4 !4￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ 4!4 !! !4 !4!4!4 8 !4inch! !4!4 !4!4!4 ! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 4 inch !4!4 3 inch!4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 !4!4!4 4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 10!4 !4!inch4! !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 44 4 !4!4!4!4 !4 !! ! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 !4!4!4 4!4 4!4 !4 !4!4!4!4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4! ! !4 !4 !4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 ￿￿ !4 !4￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ 4!4 4!4 !!4!4 4!4! Legend !4! Manholes !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!48 inch ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 SUB_TYPE !4 !4!4!4 !4 ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ !4!4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿!4 !4!4 !4 !4 !4 4! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 !4 4!4!4 !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4!4 ! ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ !4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ )4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿

!4 ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ 4! ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ Sewer Mains ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ Sub_Type ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿

￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿

￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿ ￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿￿

APPENDIX F

Traffic Study

TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY

For The

STONOVIEW RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT

Located In the

City Of Charleston South Carolina

December 2012

Prepared By: Robert L. Horner, PE

Page 1 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description Page

Executive Summary 3 Introduction 3 Project Area Current Conditions 5 Relevant Current and Future Traffic Volume Projections 5 Conclusions & Recommendations 12 Appendices Figure 15.5A, SCDOT Highway Design Manual Figure 15.5D, SCDOT Highway Design Manual Trip Generation Charts

Figures

Figure 1 Location Map Figure 2 Historical Traffic Count Summary Figure 3 Proposed Additional AM Peak Traffic Generated By Project Figure 4 Proposed Additional PM Peak Traffic Generated By Project Figure 5 Existing AM Background Traffic Figure 6 Existing PM Background Traffic Figure 7 Proposed 2013 AM Peak Hour Background Traffic Figure 8 Proposed 2011 PM Peak Hour Background Traffic Figure 9 Proposed Combined 2013 AM Peak Hour Traffic Figure 10 Proposed Combined 2013 PM Peak Hour Traffic

Page 2 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Executive Summary

The Stonoview project is a single family residential development located on John’s Island in Charleston County, South Carolina between River Road and the Stono River approximately 1.2 Miles South of Maybank Highway. The project consists of a Planned Unit Development within the City Of Charleston Municipal Boundary. Planning for the project began in 2004 with the development of the PUD Document and Annexation by the City Of Charleston. The project plans include 165 single family residential lots with open space, infrastructure and simple amenities. A single Project access road will connect to River Road.

An evaluation of the existing traffic volumes with the increased background traffic that was escalated at 1.07% per year for the period from 2012 to 2017 combined with the projected traffic from the proposed Stonoview project was performed for the existing road infrastructure that will provide access to support the proposed project. Based on the evaluation, a left turn lane is recommended to support the build-out conditions for the project A right turn lane exiting the project onto River Road may be added for convenience as desired by the owner.

Introduction

This report evaluates the current condition of traffic in the project area as well as the impact of future traffic resulting from the proposed development. Also, as a part of this report, any required road improvements will be recommended to maintain an adequate level of service as determined by HCS2000 (McTrans Center, University of Florida) software and the criteria established in the SCDOT Highway Design Manual, Version 2003.

Page 3 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

(Figure 1) Project Location Map & Aerial Photograph

Page 4 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Project Area Current Conditions

River Road is a two lane road with a 60’ right of way width. The current speed limit in the project location on River Road is 45 MPH. Lane widths are 12 feet in the project area. The road is maintained by the SCDOT. There are other undeveloped parcels of property adjacent to the project sites that provide the potential for future development. The Historical traffic count data on River Road is shown below.

Figure 2 Year 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 AADT 4950 4900 5200 5200 5500 5700 6100 5400 5800 5300 5400 %Increase -1.01% 6.12% 0.00% 5.77% 3.64% 7.02% -11.48% 7.41% -8.62% 1.89% Average % Increase, 2001-2011 1.07% Reference: Charleston, Berkeley, Dorchester Council Of Governments Traffic Data

Current and Future Traffic Volumes

Traffic counts were performed on River Road at the proposed new intersection location. The volume of traffic recorded on River Road during the peak morning and peak afternoon times on Tuesday, November 27, is shown in the traffic count summary chart.

Based on the historical growth in traffic on River Road over the past ten years, a growth rate of 1.07% per year was used to project background traffic flows on River Road for the planning period 2012-2017. For planning purposes, this growth rate of 1.07% will be used in this study to project background traffic through the planning period of 2012 to 2017 (5 Years). Using the traffic count information as background traffic and adding an annual increase rate of 1.07%, a projected background traffic volume was developed for the year 2017. This information, along with the traffic generated by the proposed project combine to provide the total estimated traffic for the planning period.

The traffic count data shows moderate traffic during the morning and afternoon peak periods on River Road. A summary of the traffic count information is shown below.

Page 5 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

TRAFFIC COUNT SUMMARY River Road at Stonoview Entrance 15 Minute Time Period Southbound Northbound Vehicles Vehicles AM PEAK HR 237 344 7:00 - 7:15 29 100 7:15 - 7:30 43 96 7:30 - 7:45 106 80 7:45 - 8:00 59 68 8:00 - 8:15 54 62 8:15 - 8:30 53 57 8:30 - 8:45 43 43 8:45 - 9:00 39 54

PM PEAK HR 246 221 4:00 - 4:15 60 68 4:15 - 4:30 71 68 4:30 - 4:45 71 42 4:45 - 5:00 44 43 5:00 - 5:15 45 46 5:15 - 5:30 52 61 5:30 - 5:45 57 50 5:45 - 6:00 48 55

th The Trip Generation Chart (Institute of Transportation Engineers, 7 Edition, Trip Generation Manual 2003) attached indicates that approximately 125 trips will be generated by the proposed development during the AM peak Hour and approximately 149 will be generated during the peak PM hour. The project includes 165 single family residential units. Copies of the trip generation charts are included as exhibits.

Page 6 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 Peak Hour Traffic Generation Stonoview Traffic Contributing Neighborhood Summary AM PM AM PM SF Traffic SF Traffic Subdivision Units Trip Generation Formula Trip Generation Formula Stonoview 165 Ln(T)=0.7(X)+9.43 Ln(T)=0.9(X)+0.53 125 149 total 165 Totals 125 149

% Entering & Exiting Entering Exiting Entering Exiting Total AM Single Family 25% 75% 31 94 125 PM Single Family 63% 37% 94 55 149

References Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation, 7th Edition, Volume 2 of 3, Chart # 210 (Single Family) Pages 270, 271

Studies indicate that approximately 75% of the trips generated by the single family homes will originate within the residential subdivision during the AM peak period. (Reference: Attached generation Chart, ITE Trip Generation, 7th Edition, Vol.2) The directional distribution of the site traffic is anticipated to be divided such that 70% of those exiting the project are heading northbound towards Maybank Highway. The remaining 30% of the vehicles are anticipated to enter the Southbound Lane of River Road towards Kiawah.

In the peak PM hour, studies indicate that approximately 63% of the traffic generated by the single family homes within the proposed project area will be entering the subdivision, and 37% will be exiting. (Reference: Attached generation Chart, ITE Trip Generation, 7th Edition, Vol.2) Again, the directional distribution of the site traffic is anticipated to be divided such that 70% of those entering will be coming from Maybank Highway and the remainder 30% will be coming from the south.

The following drawings show a graphical representation of the proposed traffic from the proposed project, as well as the existing and projected traffic on River Road for current conditions as well as build-out conditions for the year 2017.

Page 7 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Traffic Distribution Total Exiting Total Entering Exiting Northbound Southbound Entering From North From South Total Trips AM 94 66 28 31 22 9 125 PM 55 39 17 94 66 28 149 See Figure 3

N To Proposed Additional Maybank AM Peak Hour Hwy To Plow River Road Ground Rd 9 22 28 66

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 3)

Page 8 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

(Figure 4)

N

Proposed Additional To Plow PM Peak Hour Ground River Road Rd

28 66 17 39

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 4)

Page 9 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 Existing N AM Peak Hour River Road To Plow Ground 237 Rd 344

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 5) (From Traffic Count)

Existing PM Peak Hour N River Road To Plow Ground Rd 246 221

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 6) (From Traffic Count)

Page 10 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 2017 Projected N AM Peak Hour Background River Road To Plow Ground Rd 249 362

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 7)

2017 Projected N PM Peak Hour Background River Road

To Plow Ground Road 259 233

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 8)

Page 11 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Proposed 2017 Total AM Peak Hour N

River Road To Plow Ground Road 249 362 9 22 28 66

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 9)

Proposed 2017 Total N To Plow Ground Road PM Peak Hour River Road 259 233 28 66 17 39

Proposed New Road

Proposed Stonoview Access Road

(Figure 10)

Page 12 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Conclusions & Recommendations

The construction of the proposed Stonoview Access Road will connect the Stonoview project with River Road. An evaluation of the existing traffic volumes combined with the projected traffic from the proposed project with the increased background traffic that was escalated at 1.07% per year for the period from 2012 to 2017 was performed. The growth rate was based on the past ten years of actual growth in traffic on River Road from the Charleston, Berkeley, Dorchester Council Of Governments Traffic Data collected from 2001 to 2011. The SCDOT Highway Design Manual was used to determine recommendations for improvements to enable safe and effective turning movements. Turning movements and traffic flow were also evaluated using HCS2000 traffic modeling software. Based on the LOS evaluation, a level of service (LOS) of A or greater is maintained under the 2017 build-out AM and PM conditions with the Using the SCDOT Highway Design Manual, 2003 criteria, a left turn lane is recommended based on the PM conditions anticipated in 2017. Copies of the evaluations are attached as exhibits. (Reference attached Guidelines & Charts) Available sight distances exist (>500 feet) that exceed those required for the proposed new entrance road based on the geometry of the existing section of River Road in both directions. Adequate trimming of underbrush in the vicinity of the access road should be maintained to insure visibility.

Changes in growth, zoning and connections to adjacent development could impact the trip generation results for the traffic utilizing the Stonoview Access Road in the future. Based on the traffic projected in 2017 after full occupancy of the 165 units in the Stonoview project, changes in land use or density or utilization of the new Stonoview Access Road by adjacent development would be feasible provided the proper improvements are made to support the turning movements. An increase in units generating approximately additional 40 right turn movements or more into the project during the PM conditions may warrant a right turn lane on River Road. Variations in density below that trip generation level should not require any additional turn lane improvements.

Based on the evaluation, a left turn lane is recommended on River Road at the new Stonoview Access Road in order to provide safe turning movements based on the criteria established in the SCDOT Highway Design Manual. Based on the HCS2000 evaluation, adequate levels of service of “A” or better will be maintained on River Road after construction of the proposed new access road and left turn lane with 2017 build-out conditions in the Stonoview Project. An increase in the number of units constructed should not affect the recommendations of this evaluation provided the density does not result in greater than an additional 40 right turn movements into the project during the PM Peak Conditions. Page 13 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Page 14 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Page 15 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Page 16 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Page 17 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

Page 18 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 Page 19 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807 Page 20 of 20 Weston&Sampson® 672 Marina Drive, Suite 204 Charleston SC 29492 Phone: 843-881-9804 Fax: 843-881-9807

APPENDIX G

Cultural Assessment

Cutltural Resources Survey of the Stono View Tract Charleston County, South Carolina

Final Report

Brockington and Associates, Inc. Atlanta Charleston Raleigh 2005 Cultural Resources Survey of the Stono View Tract Charleston County, South Carolina

Final Report

Prepared for

Horner, Eelman & Gearhart, Engineering Charleston, South Carolina

Prepared by

Brent Lansdell Archaeologist

and

Jason Ellerbee Historian

Under the direction of

______Eric C. Poplin, Ph.D., RPA Principal Investigator

Brockington and Associates, Inc. Atlanta Charleston Raleigh December 2005 Abstract

In August 2005, Brockington and Associates, Inc., conducted a cultural resources survey of the 51.2 hectare Stono View tract, located on Johns Island, Charleston County, South Carolina. This survey included a background review and the systematic excavation of shovel tests at 15 and 30 meter intervals across the upland portions of the project tract. All dirt roads on the tract were visually inspected.

No extant buildings or structures are located on the project tract. Three houses (297 1384, 297 1385, and 297 1386) greater than 50 years of age are located adjacent to the Stono View tract, all three were recommended not eligible the NRHP (Fick et al. 1989). Investigators identified two archaeological sites (38CH2069 and 38CH2070) during the cultural resources survey of the Stono View tract. Archaeological site 38CH2069 is a diffuse subsurface scatter of Pre-Contact ceramics attributed to an unknown Pre-Contact occupation. Site 38CH2070 contains a light subsurface scatter of nineteenth century Post-Contact artifacts. We recommend sites 38CH2069 and 38CH2070 not eligible for the NRHP. No further management of these sites is warranted.

ii Table of Contents

Page

Abstract ...... ii List of Figures ...... iv List of Tables ...... iv

Chapter I. Introduction and Methods of Investigation ...... 1 Introduction ...... 1 Methods of Investigation ...... 3 Project Objectives ...... 3 Background Research ...... 3 Intensive Archaeological Survey ...... 4 Laboratory Analysis ...... 6 Assessing NRHP Eligibility ...... 7

Chapter II. Environmental and Cultural Setting ...... 10 Environmental Setting ...... 10 Holocene Changes in the Environment ...... 12 Cultural Setting ...... 14 The Pre-Contact Era ...... 14 The Contact Era ...... 22 The Post-Contact Era ...... 23 A Brief Overview of the Project Tract ...... 30 Previous Investigations ...... 33

Chapter III. Results and Recommendations ...... 35 Site 38CH2069 ...... 35 Site 38CH2070 ...... 37 Summary and Management Recommendations ...... 39

References Cited ...... 40 Appendix A. Artifact Inventory Appendix B. Resumes of the Project Principals

iii List of Figures

Page

Figure 1. Location of the Stono View tract and all relevant cultural resources (USGS 1971 Legareville, SC quadrangle)...... 2

Figure 2. A plan of the Stono View tract showing the location of all pedestrian transects and identified cultural resources ...... 5

Figure 3. Typical views of the project tract ...... 11

Figure 4. Sea level curve data for South Carolina (after Brooks et al. 1989)...... 13

Figure 5. Approximate location of the project tract on the 1825 Mills’ map of Charleston County ...... 31

Figure 6. Plan and view of site 38CH2069 ...... 36

Figure 7. Plan and view of site 38CH2070 ...... 38

List of Tables

Page

Table 1. Ceramic Sequence for the Central Coast of South Carolina ...... 17

iv Chapter I. Introduction and Methods of Investigation

Introduction

In August 2005, Brockington and Associates, Inc., conducted an intensive cultural resources survey of the 51.2 hectare Stono View tract on Johns Island, Charleston County, South Carolina. This tract is located between River Road and the Stono River. The majority of the tract is located between Waterloo Plantation Road to the south and an unnamed dirt road to the north. At the time of this investigation, vegetation within the Stono View tract consisted mixed mature hardwood and pine forest, large overgrown fields, low and wet areas covered in scrub brush, and a large salt marsh adjacent to the Stono River. Figure 1 presents the location of the Stono View tract and all relevant cultural resources on a portion of the USGS 7.5' 1971 Legareville, South Carolina quadrangle.

This work was sponsored by Horner, Eelman & Gearhart, Engineering, of Charleston, South Carolina in compliance with state laws and regulations concerning the management of historic properties (i.e., archaeological sites, buildings, structures, objects, or districts listed on or eligible for the National Register of Historic Places [NRHP]) affected by development activities in the Coastal Zone of South Carolina. Compliance is administered through the regulatory programs of the US Army Corps of Engineers (33 CFR Part 325) and the South Carolina Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource Management (OCRM; 15 CFR Part 930). These laws and regulations include the following:

Section 404 of the Clean Water Act of 1948 (33 USC 1344), as amended; National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 USC 470), as amended; 36 CFR Part 800: Protection of Historic Properties, Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 [16 USC 1451 et seq.], as amended; and Coastal Zone Management Act of 1976 [Chapter 39, Title 48, SC Code],as amended.

Archaeological field investigations involved systematic shovel testing across the project tract at 30 meter intervals. No shovel tests were excavated within inundated wetland areas. No extant buildings or structures are located on the project tract. Investigators identified two archaeological sites (38CH2069 and 38CH2070) during the cultural resources survey of the Stono View tract. Site 38CH2069 is a diffuse subsurface scatter of Pre-Contact ceramic artifacts. Site 38CH2070

1 2

Figure 1. Location of the Stono View tract and all relevant cultural resources (USGS 1971 Legareville, SC quadrangle). is a diffuse scatter of Post-Contact artifacts associated with an early nineteenth century occupation. We recommend archaeological sites 38CH2069 and 38CH2070 not eligible for the NRHP.

The remainder of Chapter I describes the methods of investigation employed during the cultural resources survey. Chapter II of this report presents the environmental and cultural settings. Chapter III presents the results of the survey and the recommendations for the management of cultural resources on the project tract. The artifact catalog and the resume of the project principals appear in Appendices A and B, respectively.

Methods of Investigation

Project Objectives

The objectives of the archaeological investigations within the project tract were to determine the location of all cultural resources and to assess their eligibility for the NRHP. Tasks performed to accomplish these objectives include background research, systematic survey investigations, laboratory analysis, and the assessment of the NRHP eligibility of identified resources. Methods employed for each of these tasks are described below.

Background Research

The Project Historian conducted background research on the past ownership and use of the project tract. The objective of this research was to identify areas likely to contain cultural resources. Background investigations included research at the South Carolina Historical Society in Charleston, review of the NRHP listings at the South Carolina Department of Archives and History (SCDAH) in Columbia, review of deed and plat records at the Charleston County Register of Mesne Conveyance, and review of wills and secondary sources at the South Carolina Room in the main branch of the Charleston County Public Library, in Charleston. The Project Historian also reviewed archaeological site files and reports of relevant previous cultural resources investigations at the South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology (SCIAA) in Columbia. The results of these investigations are presented in Chapter II.

3 Intensive Archaeological Survey

Intensive survey entailed the systematic examination of the Stono View tract following the South Carolina Standards and Guidelines for Archaeological Investigations (SCDAH 2000). The entire 51.2 hectare project tract was surveyed along pedestrian transects spaced at 30 meter intervals with shovel tests excavated at 30 meter intervals along each transect. No shovel tests were excavated in inundated areas. Figure 2 presents the location of survey transects across the project tract.

Each shovel test measured approximately 30 centimeters in diameter and was excavated into culturally sterile subsoil (35-60 centimeters below surface [bs]). The fill from these tests was sifted through ¼ inch mesh hardware cloth. All identifiable or suspected cultural materials were collected and bagged by provenience. Investigators recorded provenience information, including the transect, shovel test, and surface collection numbers on re-sealable, acid-free artifact collection bags. Information relating to each shovel test and soil profile was recorded in field notebooks. This information included the content (e.g., presence or absence of cultural materials) and context (e.g., soil color, texture, stratification) of each test. Investigators flagged and labeled positive shovel tests (those where artifacts were present) for relocation and site delineation.

An archaeological site is a locale that produces three or more artifacts within a 30 meter radius, or a locale that contains intact feature(s) at least 50 years old. Isolated finds contain fewer than three contemporary artifacts (after SCDAH 2000). Investigators defined the boundaries of sites and isolated finds by excavating additional shovel tests at reduced intervals (15 meters) according to grid north around the positive tests until two consecutive shovel tests failed to produce artifacts. A map showing the location of each shovel test was prepared in the field.

Investigators conducted metal detecting at both identified sites and around landscape features (i.e. ditches, pits) to determine if any remains of Civil War battles or fortifications were present on the project tract. Investigators marked positive metal locations with pin flags and excavated a shovel test in that location in the manner described above.

Archaeologists used WAAS-enabled Garmin eTrex Legend GPS receivers to record Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates at selected locations at each identified cultural resource in the project tract. The GPS receivers were calibrated to the 1927 North American Datum

4 Stono View Tract Boundary Salt Marsh Stono River

Dock

5 Low

Causeway Brick Pile Mixed Harwoods and Pines Ditch

Dirt Road 38CH2069 Pond

Low Overgrown Field North

38CH2070 Dirt Road

Stono View Project Tract Pedestrian Transect Rive 0 200 meters r Road

Figure 2. A plan of the Stono View tract showing the location of all pedestrian transects and identified cultural resources. to coordinate with the 1979 USGS 7.5 minute Legareville, South Carolina quadrangle. This information was recorded in field notebooks and on maps.

Laboratory Analysis

All recovered artifacts were transported to the Brockington and Associates, Inc., Mount Pleasant laboratory facility, where they were washed, cataloged, and analyzed. Laboratory personnel assigned distinct provenience numbers to artifacts from each supplemental shovel test and nonsystematic surface find. They separated artifacts from each provenience by class/type and assigned catalog numbers.

Typological identification as manifested by technological and stylistic attributes served as the basis for Pre-Contact and Contact artifact analysis. Laboratory personnel classified all Pre- Contact and Contact ceramic sherds larger than 2 by 2 centimeters by surface decoration and aplastic content. When recognizable, diagnostic attributes were recorded for residual sherds, i.e., those smaller than 2 by 2 centimeters. Nondiagnostic residual sherds were tabulated as a group. Sherds and other diagnostic artifacts then were compared to published type descriptions from available sources (Anderson et al. 1982; Blanton et al. 1986; DePratter 1979, 1984; Espenshade and Brockington 1989; South 1976; Trinkley 1980, 1981a, 1981b, 1981c, 1989, 1990; Williams and Shapiro 1990). Lithic artifacts are described by material and morphological characteristics. Categories identified include projectile points/bifaces, flakes (primary, thinning, and fragments) cores, shatter, and cobbles. Following Crabtree (1972), among others, lithic artifacts are described by material and morphological characteristics. Categories identified include projectile points/bifaces, flakes (primary, secondary, tertiary, thinning, retouched, utilized, and fragments), and shatter.

The basis of the Post-Contact artifact analysis was observable stylistic and technological attributes. Artifacts were identified by material of manufacture (e.g., ceramic, glass, metal), color, function, and method of manufacture, when possible. Temporally diagnostic artifacts were compared with published analytical sources (Brown 1982; Cushion 1972; DeBolt 1988; Godden 1964; Ketchum 1983; Kovel and Kovel 1953, 1986; Miller 1980; Noël Hume 1970; South 1977).

6 Artifacts and research materials associated with this project are currently stored at the Mount Pleasant office of Brockington and Associates, Inc. Upon acceptance of the final report, analysis sheets, field notes, photographs, slides, maps, and artifacts will be transferred to the SCIAA.

Assessing NRHP Eligibility

All cultural resources encountered in the project tract were assessed as to their significance based on the criteria of the NRHP. As per 36 CFR Part 60.4, there are four broad evaluative criteria for determining the significance of a particular resource and its eligibility for the NRHP. Any resource (building, structure, site, object, or district) may be eligible for the NRHP that:

A. is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad pattern of history;

B. is associated with the lives of persons significant in the past;

C. embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction, or represents the work of a master, possesses high artistic value, or represents a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or

D. has yielded, or is likely to yield, information important to history or prehistory.

A resource may be eligible under one or more of these criteria. Criteria A, B, and C are most frequently applied to historic buildings, structures, objects, non-archaeological sites (e.g., battlefields, natural features, designed landscapes, or cemeteries), or districts. The eligibility of archaeological sites is most frequently considered with respect to Criterion D. Also, a general guide of 50 years of age is employed to define "historic" in the NRHP evaluation process. That is, all resources greater than 50 years of age may be considered. However, more recent resources may be considered if they display "exceptional" significance (Sherfy and Luce n.d.).

Following National Register Bulletin: How to Apply the National Register Criteria for Evaluation (Savage and Pope 1998), evaluation of any resource requires a twofold process. First, the resource must be associated with an important historic context. If this association is demonstrated, the integrity of the resource must be evaluated to ensure that it conveys the

7 significance of its context. The applications of both of these steps are discussed in more detail below.

Determining the association of a resource with a historic context involves five steps (Savage and Pope 1998). First, the resource must be associated with a particular facet of local, regional (state), or national history. Secondly, one must determine the significance of the identified historical facet/context with respect to the resource under evaluation. A lack of Native American archaeological sites within a project area would preclude the use of contexts associated with the Pre- Contact use of a region.

The third step is to demonstrate the ability of a particular resource to illustrate the context. A resource should be a component of the locales and features created or used during the historical period in question. For example, early nineteenth century farm houses, the ruins of African- American slave settlements from 1820s, and/or field systems associated with particular antebellum plantations in the region would illustrate various aspects of the agricultural development of the region prior to the Civil War. Conversely, contemporary churches or road networks may have been used during this time period but do not reflect the agricultural practices suggested by the other kinds of resources.

The fourth step involves determining the specific association of a resource with aspects of the significant historic context. Savage and Pope (1998) define how one should consider a resource under each of the four criteria of significance. Under Criterion A, a property must have existed at the time that a particular event or pattern of events occurred and activities associated with the event(s) must have occurred at the site. In addition, this association must be of a significant nature, not just a casual occurrence (Savage and Pope 1998). Under Criterion B, the resource must be associated with historically important individuals. Again, this association must relate to the period or events that convey historical significance to the individual, not just that this person was present at this locale (Savage and Pope 1998). Under Criterion C, a resource must possess physical features or traits that reflect a style, type, period, or method of construction; display high artistic value; or, represent the work of a master (an individual whose work can be distinguished from others and possesses recognizable greatness [Savage and Pope 1998]). Under Criterion D, a resource must possess sources of information that can address specific important research questions (Savage and Pope 1998). These questions must generate information that is important in reconstructing or interpreting the past (Butler 1987; Townsend et al. 1993). For archaeological sites, recoverable data must be able to address specific research questions.

8 After a resource is associated with a specific significant historic context, one must determine which physical features of the resource reflect its significance. One should consider the types of resources that may be associated with the context, how these resources represent the theme, and which aspects of integrity apply to the resource in question (Savage and Pope 1998). As in the antebellum agriculture example given above, a variety of resources may reflect this context (farm houses, ruins of slave settlements, field systems, etc.). One must demonstrate how these resources reflect the context. The farm houses represent the residences of the principal landowners who were responsible for implementing the agricultural practices that drove the economy of the South Carolina area during the antebellum period. The slave settlements housed the workers who conducted the vast majority of the daily activities necessary to plant, harvest, process, and market crops.

Once the above steps are completed and the association with a historically significant context is demonstrated, one must consider the aspects of integrity applicable to a resource. Integrity is defined in seven aspects of a resource; one or more may be applicable depending on the nature of the resource under evaluation. These aspects are location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association (36 Part CFR 60.4; Savage and Pope 1998). If a resource does not possess integrity with respect to these aspects, it cannot adequately reflect or represent its associated historically significant context. Therefore, it cannot be eligible for the NRHP. To be considered eligible under Criteria A and B, a resource must retain its essential physical characteristics that were present during the event(s) with which it is associated. Under Criterion C, a resource must retain enough of its physical characteristics to reflect the style, type, etc., or work of the artisan that it represents. Under Criterion D, a resource must be able to generate data that can address specific research questions that are important in reconstructing or interpreting the past.

9 Chapter II. Project Area Setting

Environmental Setting

The 51.2 hectare Stono View tract is located on Johns Island, south of Maybank Highway (SC Route 700) and east of River Road. The tract lies along River Road, and extends east of the road to the Stono River. The tract is bounded to the east by the Stono River and by private residences to the north and south (see Figure 3). Current vegetation at the tract consists of a mixture mixed hardwood and pine forests, large overgrown fields, low and wet areas, and salt marsh. Figure 3 presents typical views of the project tract.

The Stono View tract is located in South Carolina’s Coastal Zone on Johns Island, in Charleston County. Johns Island is part of the Sea Island complex that extends from just below the Santee Delta (Bull Island) 100 kilometers southwest to the Savannah River (Turtle Island) and into Georgia (Kovacik and Winberry 1987:24). The Sea Islands vary greatly in size, origin, and level of development. Generally, they are comprised of two types of islands: erosional remnant islands (i.e., Johns Island and James Island), and active barrier islands (i.e., Seabrook Island and Kiawah Island). The origins of the barrier Sea Islands remain unclear. Originally, research suggested that these islands were formed from offshore sandbars built up by wave action. However, study supports their formation through the emergence and submergence of the coast during the Pleistocene epoch. Kovacik and Winberry (1987:25) explain that:

As sea level declined during the glacial period and the ocean retreated from the coast, dunes were built along the new coastline and the old dunes were left inland. But as the ocean returned and inundated the former dune ridges, parts of them remained above the water to become the cores of coastal island.

A series of terraces formed by late Tertiary and Quaternary period marine sediments characterize the Coastal Plain. The project tract lies on the most recent terraces (the Pamlico and the Talbot) that formed near the end of the Pleistocene epoch.

Topography in the region generally consists of low ridges between meandering channels of the many streams that drain the Lower Coastal Plain. The ridges consist of sandy and loamy soils; more clayey soils and sediments occur in the drainages and swamps that border these streams.

10 Figure 3. Typical views of the project tract. 11 Miller (1971) describes the highly variable soils that occur at the Stono View tract as ranging from poorly drained to very well drained. Most soils on the tract are variants of loamy fine sands, including Yonges loamy fine sand, Kiawah loamy fine sand, Seabrook loamy fine sand, Stono fine sandy loam, and Wando loamy fine sand (0 to 6 percent slopes). The archaeological sites located during this survey occur within areas of Seabrook loamy fine sand (Miller 1971).

Information on floral and faunal communities for the area is summarized from general sources such as Quarterman and Keever (1962) and Shelford (1963). Most of the extant woodlands today are mixed pine/hardwood forests. A mixed forest supports an active faunal community including deer and small mammals (e.g., various squirrels and mice, opossum, raccoon, rabbit, fox, skunk), birds (e.g., various songbirds, ducks and wading birds, quail, turkey, doves, hawks, owls), and reptiles/amphibians (e.g., frogs, toads, lizards, snakes, turtles, alligator). Fresh and saltwater fish are abundant in the streams and marshes of the region, and shellfish are present in large numbers in most of the tidally affected waters throughout the region.

The climate of this area is mild and temperate. The area averages 4.06 feet of annual precipitation, with 41 percent of this total falling in the summer months. The average daily maximum temperature is 76° Fahrenheit (range of 61° to 89°). A long growing season is indicated by the average yearly freeze free interval of 294 days (Miller 1971).

Holocene Changes in the Environment

Profound changes in climate and dependent biophysical aspects of regional environments have been documented over the last 20,000 years (the time of potential human occupation of the Southeast). Major changes include a general warming trend, melting of the large ice sheets of the Wisconsin glaciation in northern North America, and the associated rise in sea level. This sea level rise was dramatic along the South Carolina coast (Brooks et al. 1989), with an increase of as much as 100.1 meters during the last 20,000 years. At least 10,000 years ago (the first documented presence of human groups in the region) the ocean was located 81-161 kilometers east of its present position. Unremarkable Coastal Plain flatwoods probably characterized the project area. Sea level rose steadily from that time until about 5,000 years ago, when the sea reached essentially modern levels. During the last 5,000 years there has been a 400-500 year cycle of sea level fluctuations of

12 about 2.0 meters (Brooks et al. 1989; Colquhoun et al. 1981). Figure 4 summarizes these more recent fluctuations in the region.

Figure 4. South Carolina sea-level curve data (after Brooks et al. 1989).

As sea level quickly rose to modern levels, it altered the gradients of major rivers and flooded near-coast river valleys, creating estuaries like the Cooper-Ashley-Wando River mouths. These estuaries became great centers for saltwater and freshwater resources, and thus population centers for human groups. Such dramatic changes affected any human groups living in the region.

The general warming trend that led to the melting of glacial ice and the rise in sea level also greatly affected vegetation communities in the Southeast. During the late Wisconsin glacial period, until about 12,000 years ago, boreal forest dominated by pine and spruce covered most of the Southeast. This forest changed from coniferous trees to deciduous trees by 10,000 years ago. The new deciduous forest was dominated by northern hardwoods such as beech, hemlock, and alder, with oak and hickory beginning to increase in number. With continuation of the general warming and drying trend, the oak and hickory came to dominate, along with southern species of pine. Oak and hickory appear from pollen data to have reached a peak at 7,000 to 5,000 years ago (Watts 1970,

13 1980; Whitehead 1965, 1973). Since then, the general climatic trend in the Southeast has been toward cooler and moister conditions, and the present Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest as defined by Quarterman and Keever (1962) became established. Faunal communities also changed dramatically during this time. Several large mammal species (e.g., mammoth, mastodon, horse, camel, giant sloth) became extinct at the end of the glacial period, approximately 12,000 to 10,000 years ago. Pre-Contact groups that had focused on hunting these large mammals adapted their strategy to exploitation of smaller mammals, primarily deer in the Southeast.

Cultural Setting

Generally, the cultural history of North America is divided into three eras: Pre-Contact, Contact, and Post-Contact. The Pre-Contact era refers primarily to the Native American groups and cultures that were present for at least 10,000-12,000 years prior to the arrival of Europeans. The Contact era refers to the time of exploration and initial European settlement on the continent. The Post-Contact era refers to the time after the establishment of European settlements, when Native American populations usually were in rapid decline. Within these eras, finer temporal and cultural subdivisions are defined to permit discussions of particular events and the lifeways of the peoples who inhabited North America at that time.

The Pre-Contact Era

In South Carolina, the Pre-Contact era generally is divided into four stages (after Willey and Phillips 1958). These include the Lithic, Archaic, Woodland, and Mississippian. Specific technologies and strategies for procuring resources define each of these stages, with approximate temporal limits also in place. Within each stage, with the exception of the Lithic stage, there are temporal periods that are defined on technological bases as well. A brief description of each stage follows. Readers are directed to Goodyear et al. (1989) for more detailed discussions of particular aspects of these stages and periods in South Carolina.

The Lithic Stage- Paleoindian Period (10000-8000 BC). Human presence in the South Carolina Coastal Plain apparently began about 12,000 years ago with the movement into the region of Paleoindian hunter-gatherers. The Paleoindian period is marked initially by the presence of distinctive fluted stone projectile points. Excavations at sites throughout North America have

14 produced datable remains that indicate that these types of stone tools were in use by about 10000 BC. Recent excavations at a few sites in North and South America suggest that Lithic stage populations were present 10,000-20,000 years before this date. However, no diagnostic tools or definitive evidence of these populations have been recovered to date that permits the identification of specific temporal periods or cultural adaptations.

Goodyear et al. (1989) review the evidence for the Paleoindian occupation of South Carolina. Based on the distribution of distinctive fluted spear points diagnostic to the period, they see the major sources of highly workable lithic raw materials as the principal determinant of Paleoindian site location, with a concentration of sites at the Fall Line possibly indicating a subsistence strategy of seasonal relocation between the Piedmont and Coastal Plain. Based on data from many sites excavated throughout North America, Paleoindian groups generally were nomadic, with subsistence focusing on the hunting of large mammals, specifically the now-extinct mammoth, horse, camel, and giant bison. Groups were probably small, kin-based bands of 50 or fewer persons. As the environment changed at the end of the Wisconsin glaciation, Paleoindian groups had to adapt to new forest conditions in the Southeast and throughout North America.

The Archaic Stage. The Archaic stage represents the adaptation of southeastern Native Americans to Holocene environments. By 8000 BC, the forests changed from sub-boreal types common during the Paleoindian period to more modern types. The Archaic stage is divided into three temporal periods: Early, Middle, and Late. Distinctive projectile point types serve as markers for each of these periods. Hunting and gathering was the predominant subsistence mode throughout the Archaic periods, although incipient use of cultigens probably was occurring by the Late Archaic period. Also, the terminal Archaic witnessed the introduction of a new technology, the manufacture and use of pottery.

Early Archaic Period (8000-6000 BC). The Early Archaic corresponds to the adaptation of native groups to Holocene conditions. The environment in coastal South Carolina during this period was still colder and moister than at present, and an oak-hickory forest was establishing itself on the Coastal Plain (Watts 1970, 1980; Whitehead 1965, 1973). The megafauna of the Pleistocene became extinct early in this period, and more modern woodland flora and fauna were established. The Early Archaic adaptation in the South Carolina Lower Coastal Plain is not clear, as Anderson and Logan (1981:13) report:

15 At the present, very little is known about Early Archaic site distribution, although there is some suggestion that sites tend to occur along river terraces, with a decrease in occurrence away from this zone.

Early Archaic finds in the Lower Coastal Plain typically are corner- or side-notched projectile points, determined to be Early Archaic through excavation of sites in other areas of the Southeast (Clagett and Cable 1982; Coe 1964). Early Archaic sites generally are small, indicating a high degree of mobility.

Middle and Preceramic Late Archaic Period (6000-2500 BC). The trends initiated in the Early Archaic, i.e., increased population and adaptation to local environments, continued through the Middle Archaic and Preceramic Late Archaic. Climatically, the region was still warming, and an oak-hickory forest dominated the coast until after 3000 BC, when pines became more prevalent (Watts 1970, 1980). Stemmed projectile points and ground stone artifacts characterize this period, and sites increased in size and density through the period.

Ceramic Late Archaic Period (2500-1000 BC). By the end of the Late Archaic period, two developments occurred that changed human lifeways on the South Carolina Coastal Plain. Sea level rose to within one meter of present levels, and the extensive estuaries now present were established (Colquhoun et al. 1981). These estuaries were a reliable source of shellfish, and the Ceramic Late Archaic period saw the first emphasis on shellfish exploitation. It was also during this time that the first pottery appeared on the South Carolina coast. In the project region, this pottery is represented by the fiber tempered Stallings series and the sand tempered or untempered Thom's Creek series. Decorations include punctation, incising, finger pinching, and possibly simple stamping and dentate stamping. The ceramic sequence for the Central Coast of South Carolina is presented in Table 1.

The best known Ceramic Late Archaic period sites are shell rings, which occur frequently along tidal marshes. These usually are round or oval rings of shell and other artifacts, with a relatively sterile area in the center. Many of these rings are currently in tidal marsh waters, and they have been interpreted as actual habitation loci adjacent to or within productive shellfish beds. These sites attest to a high degree of sedentism, at least seasonally.

The Woodland Stage. The Woodland stage is marked by the widespread use of pottery with many new and regionally diverse types appearing, and changes in the strategies and approaches to hunting and gathering. Native Americans appear to be living in smaller groups than during the preceding Ceramic Late Archaic period but the actual population likely increased. The Woodland

16 Table 1. Ceramic Sequence for the Central Coast of South Carolina. Period/Era Date Ceramic Types Contact AD 1550 - 1715 Ashley Complicated Stamped Ashley Burnished Plain

Late Mississippian AD 1400 - 1550 Pee Dee/Irene Complicated Stamped Pee Dee/Irene Incised Pee Dee/Irene Burnished Plain

Early Mississippian AD 1100 - 1400 Savannah/Jeremy Complicated Stamped Savannah Check Stamped Savannah Burnished Plain

Late Woodland AD 900 - 1100 Santee Simple Stamped McClellanville Fabric Impressed McClellanville Cord Marked Wilmington Cord Marked

AD 500 - 900 McClellanville Cord Marked McClellanville Fabric Impressed Wilmington Cord Marked Wilmington Fabric Impressed Wilmington Plain Deptford Cord Marked Deptford Fabric Impressed

Middle Woodland AD 200 - 500 Wando Check Stamped Wando Cord Marked Wando Fabric Impressed Wando Simple Stamped Wando Plain Wilmington Check Stamped Wilmington Cord Marked Wilmington Fabric Impressed Wilmington Plain Deptford Cord Marked Deptford Fabric Impressed Deptford Check Stamped Deptford Linear Check Stamped Deptford Plain

200 BC - AD 200 Deptford Check Stamped Deptford Linear Check Stamped Deptford Simple Stamped Deptford Plain Hanover Fabric Impressed Hanover Cord Marked

Early Woodland 1000 - 200 BC Deptford Check Stamped Deptford Linear Check Stamped Deptford Simple Stamped (rare) Deptford Plain Hanover Fabric Impressed Hanover Cord Marked

1500 - 1000 BC Refuge Incised Refuge Punctate Refuge Dentate Stamped RefugeSimple Stamped Refuge Plain

Ceramic Late Archaic 2500 - 1000 BC Thom's Creek Incised Thom's Creek Simple Stamped Thom's Creek Linear Punctate Thom's Creek Drag and Jab Punctate Thom's Creek Plain Stallings Incised Stallings Simple Stamped Stallings Drag and Jab Punctate Stallings Linear Punctate Stallings Plain

17 Stage is divided into three temporal periods (Early, Middle, and Late), marked by distinctive pottery types. Also, there is an interval when Ceramic Late Archaic ceramic types and Early Woodland ceramic types were manufactured at the same time, often on the same site (see Espenshade and Brockington 1989). It is unclear at present if these coeval types represent distinct individual populations, some of whom continued to practice Archaic lifeways, or technological concepts that lingered in some areas longer than in others.

Early Woodland Period (1500 BC-AD 200). In the Early Woodland period, the region apparently was an area of interaction between widespread ceramic decorative and manufacturing traditions. The paddle stamping tradition dominated the decorative tradition to the south, and fabric impressing and cord marking dominated to the north and west (Blanton et al. 1986; Caldwell 1958; Espenshade and Brockington 1989).

The subsistence and settlement patterns of the Early Woodland period suggest population expansion, and the movement of groups into areas minimally used in the earlier periods. Early and Middle Woodland sites are the most common on the South Carolina coast, and generally consist of shell middens near tidal marshes, along with ceramic and lithic scatters in a variety of other environmental zones. It appears that group organization during this period was based on the semipermanent occupation of shell midden sites, with the short-term use of interior coastal strand sites.

Middle Woodland Period (200 BC - AD 500). The extreme sea level fluctuations which marked the Ceramic Late Archaic and Early Woodland periods ceased during the Middle Woodland period. The Middle Woodland period began as sea level rose from a significant low stand at 300 BC; for the majority of the period sea level remained within three feet of current levels (Brooks et al. 1989). The comments of Brooks et al. (1989:95) are pertinent in describing the changes in settlement:

It is apparent that a generally rising sea level, and corresponding estuarine expansion, caused an increased dispersion of some resources (e.g., small inter-tidal oyster beds in the expanding tidal creek network . . .). This hypothesized change in the structure of the subsistence resource base may partially explain why these sites tend to be correspondingly smaller, more numerous, and more dispersed through time.

Survey and testing data from a number of sites in the region clearly indicate that Middle Woodland period sites are the most frequently encountered throughout the region. These sites

18 include small, single house, shell middens, more significant shell middens, and a wide variety of shell-less sites of varying size and density in the interior. The present data from the region suggest seasonal mobility, with certain locations revisited on a regular basis (e.g., 38GE46 [Espenshade and Brockington 1989]). Subsistence remains indicate that oysters and estuarine fish were major faunal contributors, while hickory nuts and acorns have been recovered from ethnobotanical samples (Espenshade and Brockington 1989; Drucker and Jackson 1984; Trinkley 1976, 1980).

The Middle Woodland period witnessed increased regional interaction, and saw the incorporation of extralocal ceramic decorative modes into the established Deptford technological tradition. As Caldwell (1958) first suggested, the period apparently saw the expansion and subsequent interaction of groups of different regional traditions (Espenshade 1986, 1990). A local tradition also flourished in the region as evidenced by Wando limestone tempered ceramics. This type occurs only in the Charleston Harbor area. Recent radiocarbon dates from 38CH1025 on the Wando River suggest a late Middle Woodland association for this type (Poplin et al. 2002).

Late Woodland Period (AD 500-1100). The nature of the Late Woodland adaptation in the region is unclear due to a general lack of excavations of Late Woodland components, but Trinkley (1989:84) offers this summary:

In many respects the South Carolina Late Woodland may be characterized as a continuation of previous Middle Woodland cultural assemblages. While outside the Carolinas there were major cultural changes, such as the continued development and elaboration of agriculture, the Carolina groups settled into a lifeway not appreciably different from that observed for the past 500 to 700 years.

The Late Woodland represents the most stable Pre-Contact period in terms of sea level change, with sea level for the entire period between 1.3-3.3 meters bphms (Brooks et al. 1989). It would be expected that this general stability in climate and sea level would have resulted in a well- entrenched settlement pattern, but the data are not available to address this expectation. In fact, the recognition/interpretation of Late Woodland adaptations in the region has been somewhat hindered by past typological problems.

Overall, the Late Woodland is noteworthy for its lack of check stamped pottery. Archaeological excavations at the Buck Hall Site (38CH644) in the Francis Marion National Forest suggest that McClellanville and Santee ceramic types were employed between AD 500 and 900, and represent the dominant ceramic assemblages of this period (Poplin et al. 1993).

19 Typically, the Late Woodland, as defined by Anderson et al. (1982), is separated into two phases: McClellanville (AD 500 to 700) and Santee I (AD 700 to 900). Poplin et al. (1993) offer a revised chronology that not only includes these phases, but also incorporates ceramics previously assigned to the Early Mississippian Santee II phase by Anderson et al. (1982). These ceramics include Santee Simple Stamped, McClellanville Cord Marked, McClellanville Fabric Impressed, and Wilmington Cord Marked pottery. Although these types have been encountered in an Early Mississippian context, closer inspection finds that they occur no more frequently than Deptford Cord Marked and Fabric Impressed sherds which are delegated to the Late Woodland period. The presence of these sherds in such a late context is more likely the result of bioturbation than the continuation of the ceramic technology.

The sea level change at this time caused major shifts in settlement and subsistence patterns. The rising sea level and estuary expansion caused an increase in the dispersion of resources, such as oyster beds, and a corresponding increase in the dispersion of sites. Semipermanent shell midden sites continue to be common in this period, although the overall site frequency appears to be lower than during the Early Woodland. Instead, there appears to be an increase in short term occupations along the tidal marshes. Espenshade et al. (1994) state that at many of the sites postdating the Early Woodland period, the intact shell deposits appear to represent short term activity areas rather than permanent or semipermanent habitations.

The Mississippian Stage. Approximately 1,100 years ago, Native American cultures in much of the Southeast began a marked shift away from the settlement and subsistence practices common during the Woodland periods. Some settlements became quite large, often incorporating temple mounds or plazas. The use of tropical cultigens (e.g., corn and beans) became more common. Hierarchical societies developed and technological, decorative, and presumably religious ideas spread throughout the Southeast, supplanting what had been distinct regional traditions in many areas. In coastal South Carolina, the Mississippian is divided into two temporal periods: Early and Late. Previous sequences for the region separated Mississippian ceramic types into three periods (Early, Middle, and Late), following sequences developed in other portions of the Southeast. However, a simpler characterization of the technological advancements made between AD 1000 and AD 1500 appears more appropriate. During these centuries, the decorative techniques which characterize the Early Mississippian period slowly evolved without the appearance of distinctly new ceramic types until the Late Mississippian.

20 Early Mississippian Period (AD 1100-1400). In much of the Southeast, the Mississippian Stage is marked by major mound ceremonialism, regional redistribution of goods, chiefdoms, and maize horticulture as a major subsistence activity. It is unclear how early and to what extent similar developments occurred in coastal South Carolina. The ethnohistoric record, discussed in greater detail below, certainly indicates that seasonal villages and maize horticulture were present in the area, and that significant mound centers were present in the interior Coastal Plain to the north and west (Anderson 1989; DePratter 1989; Ferguson 1971, 1975).

Distinct Mississippian ceramic phases are recognized for the region (Anderson et al. 1982; Anderson 1989). In coastal South Carolina, the Early Mississippian period is marked by the presence of Jeremy Phase (AD 1100-1400) ceramics, including Savannah Complicated Stamped, Savannah Check Stamped, and Burnished and Semi-burnished plain types. By the end of the Late Woodland period, cord marked and fabric impressed decorations are replaced by complicated stamped decorations. Anderson (1989:115) notes "that characteristically Mississippian complicated stamped ceramics do not appear until at least AD 1100, and probably not until as late as AD 1200, over much of the South Carolina area." Recent excavations at the Buck Hall Site (38CH644) produced radiocarbon dates around AD 1000 for complicated stamped ceramics similar to the Savannah series (Poplin et al. 1993). This represents the earliest date for complicated stamped wares in the region and may indicate an earlier appearance of Mississippian types than previously assumed.

Sites of the period in the region include shell middens, sites with apparent multiple and single house shell middens, and oyster processing sites (e.g., 38CH644 [Poplin et al. 1993]). Adaptation during this period apparently saw a continuation of the generalized Woodland hunting- gathering-fishing economy, with perhaps a growing importance on horticulture and storable food stuffs. Anderson (1989) suggests that environmental unpredictability premised the organization of hierarchical chiefdoms in the Southeast beginning in the Early Mississippian period; the redistribution of stored goods (i.e., tribute) probably played an important role in the Mississippian social system. Maize was recovered from a feature suggested to date to the Early Mississippian period from 38BK226, near St. Stephen (Anderson et al. 1982:346).

Late Mississippian Period (AD 1400-1550). During this period, the regional chiefdoms apparently realigned, shifting away from the Savannah River centers to those located in the Oconee River basin and the Wateree-Congaree basin. As in the Early Mississippian, the Charleston County area apparently lacked any mound centers. Regardless, it appears that the region was well removed

21 from the core of Cofitachequi, the primary chiefdom to the interior (Anderson 1989; DePratter 1989). DePratter (1989:150) specifies:

The absence of 16th century mound sites in the upper Santee River valley would seem to indicate that there were no large population centers there. Any attempt to extend the limits of Cofitachequi even farther south and southeast to the coast is pure speculation that goes counter to the sparse evidence available.

Pee Dee/Irene Incised, Pee Dee/Irene Complicated Stamped and Mississippian Plain ceramics mark the Late Mississippian Pee Dee phase. Simple stamped, cord marked, and check stamped pottery was apparently not produced in this period.

The Contact Era

Native groups encountered by the European explorers and settlers probably were living in a manner quite similar to the late Pre-Contact Mississippian groups identified in archaeological sites throughout the Southeast. The highly structured Native American society of Cofitachequi, formerly located in central South Carolina and visited by De Soto in 1540, represents an excellent example of the Mississippian social organizations present throughout southeastern North America during the late Pre-Contact era (Anderson 1985). However, initial European forays into the Southeast contributed to the disintegration and collapse of the aboriginal Mississippian social structures; disease, warfare, and European slave raids all contributed to the rapid decline of the regional Indian populations during the sixteenth century (Dobyns 1983; Ramenofsky 1982; Smith 1984). By the late seventeenth century, Native American groups in coastal South Carolina apparently lived in small politically and socially autonomous semi-sedentary groups (Waddell 1980). By the middle eighteenth century, very few Native Americans remained in the region; all had been displaced or annihilated by the ever-expanding English colonial settlement of the Carolinas (Bull 1770, cited in Anderson and Logan 1981:24-25).

The ethnohistoric record from coastal South Carolina suggests that the Contact era groups of the region followed a seasonal pattern which included summer aggregation in villages for planting and harvesting domesticates, and dispersal into one to three family settlements for the remainder of the year (Rogel 1570 [in Waddell 1980:147-151]). This coastal adaptation is very similar to the Guale pattern of the Georgia coast, as reconstructed by Crook (1986:18). Specific accounts of the Contact era groups of the region, the Sewee and the Santee, are summarized by Waddell (1980).

22 It appears that both groups included horticultural production within their seasonal round, but did not have permanent, year round villages. Trinkley (1981) suggests that a late variety of Pee Dee ceramics was produced by Sewee groups in the region; his late variety may correspond to the Ashley ware initially described by South (1973; see also Anderson et al. 1982).

The Post-Contact Era

Spanish exploration on the South Carolina coast began as early as 1514, and a landing party went ashore in the Port Royal vicinity (now Beaufort County) in 1520 at a spot they named Santa Elena (Hoffman 1983:64; Rowland 1985:1). From that time on, the Port Royal area was of great interest to both the Spanish and the French. This was not a permanent settlement, however. The first Spanish attempt at a permanent settlement on the South Carolina coast was San Miguel de Gualdape in 1526. It appears to have been in the Winyah Bay area, near Georgetown (Quattlebaum 1965). The French, under Jean Ribault, also attempted to establish a settlement on the South Carolina coast in 1562. This settlement, on Parris Island, was called Charlesfort, and also was unsuccessful.

French presence on the South Carolina coast drew the Spanish back to protect their original interest. Spanish forces attacked Charlesfort and established their own settlement of Santa Elena in 1566. Recent archaeological evidence indicates that the Spanish built their new settlement of Santa Elena on top of the destroyed French settlement (DePratter 1979). Local Indians, the Cusabo, were less than friendly, but despite numerous attacks and several burnings, the Spanish settlers did not abandon Santa Elena until 1587 (Lyon 1984; Rowland 1978:25-57). The Spanish maintained their interest in Santa Elena as part of a series of missions on the sea islands from St. Augustine, Florida, through Georgia, and into South Carolina; Spanish friars were at "St. Ellens" when William Hilton visited the area in 1663 (Covington 1978:8-9; Hilton 1664). During its twenty year existence, Santa Elena served as the base for the first serious explorations into the interior of the state.

English settlers in the Carolina Lowcountry were caught up in and were integral parts of wide-ranging disputes and rivalries among the English, Spanish, Native Americans, and African slaves. These disputes and rivalries encompassed nearly all of the Lowcountry, an area that spanned hundreds of miles from Georgetown, South Carolina, to northern Florida. The Spanish had routed the French in East Florida in 1565, and established a settlement at what is now St. Augustine. This

23 Spanish presence was a continual threat to the English settlers, particularly after the 1670s, when Spain learned of the Charles Towne settlement.

The English were the first Europeans to establish permanent colonies in South Carolina. In 1663, King Charles II made a proprietary grant to a group of powerful English courtiers who had supported his return to the throne in 1660, and who sought to profit from the sale of the new lands. These Lords Proprietors, including Sir John Colleton, Sir William Berkeley, and Sir Anthony Ashley Cooper, provided the basic rules of governance for the new colony. They also sought to encourage settlers, many of whom came from the overcrowded island of Barbados in the early years. These Englishmen from Barbados first settled at Albemarle Point on the west bank of the Ashley River in 1670. By 1680, they moved their town down the river to Oyster Point, the present location of Charleston, and called it Charles Towne. These initial settlers, and more who followed them, quickly spread along the central South Carolina coast. By the second decade of the eighteenth century, they had established settlements from Port Royal Harbor in Beaufort County northward to the Santee River in Georgetown County.

The colony's early settlements grew slowly, and despite its geographic spread, the South Carolina Lowcountry contained only around 5,000 European and African-American inhabitants in 1700. The earliest South Carolina economy centered around naval stores, beef and pork, and trade with the Native American populations.

Waddell (1980) identified 19 distinct Native American groups between the mouth of the Santee River and the mouth of the Savannah River in the middle of the sixteenth century. Anderson and Logan (1981:29) suggest that many of these groups probably were controlled by Cofitachequi, the dominant Mississippian center/polity in South Carolina, prior to its collapse. By the seventeenth century, all were independently organized. The principal Native groups on Johns Island were the Stono and the Bohicket (Fick 1989:5). According to Swanton (1952:95-96), the Stono were related to the larger Cusabo group, though later scholars dispute this (Waddell 1980). The Stono were involved in a war with the Coosa Indians in 1674, and then clashed with the colonists in 1694. The last official reference to the Stono was in 1707, in the Act for Regulating the Indian Trade. The last reference to the Bohicket group was also in 1707, when an act of the South Carolina Assembly directed that the Bohicket were to man lookouts on “Jones Island” (Fick 1989:5).

Historic maps document the presence of Native Americans near Johns Island in the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries, though none on the Island. By the early eighteenth

24 century the Native presence was fast diminishing, though an act of the General Assembly in 1716 provided areas for Native Americans to trade with the colonists, including Col. John Fenwick’s land on the Stono River (Fick 1989:5).

The colonists also began to experiment with rice cultivation by the end of the seventeenth century. The regular flood conditions of the immediate tidal area proved valuable, and production for export increased rapidly. By 1715, Charles Towne exported more than 8,000 barrels of rice annually; this number increased to 40,000 by the 1730s. On Johns Island, however, the shortage of fresh water in sufficient quantities limited the development of rice culture. Instead, planters there, along with other residents in the Lowcountry, began in the 1740s to experiment with growing and processing indigo. This plant produced a blue dye that was very popular in Europe and which became one of South Carolina’s principal exports during the eighteenth century. Both indigo and rice were labor-intensive, and laid the basis for South Carolina’s dependence on African slave labor, much as tobacco had done in the Virginia colony (Coclanis 1989; Wood 1974).

One of the important commercial ventures in the early settlements of the Lowcountry was the raising of cattle. The climate in South Carolina permitted year-round grazing, and the many necks of land surrounded by rivers and creeks along the coast provided naturally bounded cowpens and allowed the cattle to range freely. Cattle ranching was also a low-capital industry, with a natural market in the West Indies sugar plantations. Cattle ranching in South Carolina began in the late seventeenth century in the Charleston area, and by the early eighteenth century it had extended into what is now Colleton County, between the Edisto and Combahee rivers (Rowland et al. 1997: 85- 88).

While cattle ranching was an ideal frontier industry, it required great amounts of open land. Large purchases of land throughout the Lowcountry created problems between the white settlers and the Yamasee Indians, whose lands were steadily and rapidly encroached upon. Angered by mistreatment from traders and encroachments on their land, the Indians attacked in the Yamasee War in 1715 but did not succeed in dislodging the English (Covington 1978:12). While the Yamasee staged a number of successful raids through the 1720s, by 1728 the English had routed them and made the area more accessible for renewed English settlement.

Early maps showing the Carolina colony show scattered settlements on both James and Johns Islands. The early settlers established themselves exclusively along the waterways, particularly the Stono River. With the rapidly increasing wealth in the South Carolina Lowcounty, and with the

25 Yamasee War largely behind them, the population began to swell. By 1730 the colony had 30,000 residents, at least half of whom were black slaves. A 1755 magazine, cited by Peter Wood, estimates that South Carolina residents had imported over 32,000 slaves by 1723 (Wood 1974:151). The growing population increased pressure for territorial expansion, which was compounded by the growing black majority in the Lowcountry. Fears of a slave rebellion, along with fears of attack from the Indians such as the Yemasee War in 1715, led Charles Towne residents to encourage settlement in the backcountry.

The capacity of the Lords Proprietors to govern the colony effectively declined in the early years of the eighteenth century. Governance under the Lords Proprietors became increasingly arbitrary, while wars with Indians arose and the colonial currency went into steep depreciation. According to one recent historian of colonial South Carolina, “proprietary attitudes and behavior...convinced many of the dissenters—who at one time had composed the most loyal faction—that the crown was a more reliable source of protection against arbitrary rule” (Weir 1983:94). South Carolina’s legislature sent a petition to Parliament in 1719, requesting that royal rule supplant that of the Lords Proprietors. After several years in limbo, South Carolinians received a degree of certainty in 1729 when the crown purchased the Proprietors’ interests, and in 1730 when the new royal governor, Robert Johnson, arrived in the colony.

The colony was organized with the parish as the local unit of government. The present study tract was originally a part of St. Paul’s Parish, which was created by the Church Act of 1706. Within the parishes, the Church building itself was to serve both religious and political purposes. As Gregorie (1961:5) explains “the parish church as a public building was to be the center for the administration of some local government in each parish, for at that time there was not a courthouse in the province, not even in Charleston.” In 1734, the parish boundaries were redrawn, and Johns, Wadmalaw, and Edisto Islands were separated to form St. John’s Parish, Colleton (Fick 1989:15).

The rapidly increasing number of African American slaves being brought to South Carolina in the early eighteenth century worried many residents. Fears of a slave insurrection ran high. These fears were heightened in 1739 with the “Stono Rebellion,” in which a group of slaves made an attempt to escape and travel south to Florida, which was then controlled by the Spanish. As the initial group began to move away from their plantation they either encouraged or forced other slaves to join with them. The movement was quickly put down by area planters, though, and the leaders were executed (Fick 1989:14; Wood 1974).

26 The American colonies declared their independence from Britain in 1776, following several years of increasing tension due to unfair taxation and trade restrictions imposed on them by the British Parliament. South Carolinians were divided during the war, although most citizens ultimately supported the American cause. Those individuals who remained loyal to the British government tended to reside in Charleston or in certain enclaves within the interior of the province.

Britain’s Royal Navy attacked Fort Sullivan (later renamed ) near Charleston in 1776. The British failed to take the fort, and the defeat bolstered the morale of American revolutionaries throughout the colonies. The British military then turned their attention northward. They returned in 1778, however, besieging and capturing Savannah late in December. A major British expeditionary force under Sir Henry Clinton landed on Seabrook Island in February 1780. They quickly secured Johns Island, and Clinton established a Headquarters at Fenwick Hall, to the north of the project tract. From Johns Island, Clinton’s troops crossed over to James Island, and then across the Ashley to the Charleston peninsula above the city (Fick 1989:17-18; Lumpkin 1981:42- 46). The rebel South Carolinians were not prepared for an attack in this direction. They were besieged and entirely captured in May after offering a weak defense.

Charleston subsequently became a base of operations for British campaigns into the interior of South Carolina, Georgia, and North Carolina. However, the combined American and French victory over Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown in 1782 effectively destroyed British military activity in the south and forced a negotiated peace (Lumpkin 1981). The 13 colonies gained full independence, and the English evacuated Charleston in December 1782.

In the wake of the Revolutionary War, the Charleston area suffered an economic depression. The confiscation of slaves by the British reduced the area’s vital work force, while the loss of the British bounty on indigo eliminated the traditional markets for the dye and essentially destroyed the industry in South Carolina. Finally, many fields had been left fallow during the War, and trees had begun to grow in them. The economy was revived, however, with the introduction of Sea Island cotton in the early 1790s.

Originally introduced in the 1790s, Sea Island (or long staple) cotton provided high market returns for planters throughout the antebellum period. The fine, long staple (38.1-50.8 centimeters compared to 19.1-25.4 centimeters for upland cotton) was used to weave the finest laces and fabrics. The crop thrived on the soils of the Sea Islands, where farmers fertilized it with marsh mud, eventually even reclaiming salt marshes for cotton fields. The diking and ditching necessary for this

27 reclamation, and also to channel away torrential rains from the fields, created a flood control system nearly as extensive as that for rice.

According to Gray (1933:734-735):

[I]t was customary to “quarter-drain” the land; that is, divide it into square plots of ¼ acre by cross ditches about 105 feet apart, commonly spoken of as a “task.” The crop was planted on high ridges thrown up at distances of 3 to 6 feet, usually about 4 feet. In the old sea-island region the labor of throwing up the ridges and the entire work of cultivation were generally performed with the hoe until near the close of the period. Many planters maintained permanent ridges, sometimes alternating them with provision crops. Others continued the older practice of hauling down the ridges into the baulks, bedding on the cotton stalks and other manures. In the last two decades of the ante bellum [sic] period the plow was more generally employed.

The crop required greater care in production than the shorter stapled upland cotton, and underwent a number of different operations prior to being shipped. These included planting, hoeing, picking, whipping, moting, ginning (initially by hand, then by treadle gins, and by the 1850s the larger and mechanized McCarthy Gin), and packing. Bale weights averaged 663 to 773.5 kilograms, and actually were large, round sacks of cotton—not the square, higher compression bales used for upland cotton (Gray 1933:735-737). However, it was a remarkably lucrative crop to grow, and values for land on the Sea Islands were consistently the highest in the state throughout the antebellum era (Fick 1989:18).

The development of this new lucrative crop accentuated the drive to create large plantations. Plantation settlements were most often along the various rivers and creeks that provided both transportation to markets for the crops and the suitable lands that Sea Island cotton needed.

Seven months after the successful Confederate attack on Fort Sumter, the initial military action of the Civil War, Beaufort and the surrounding Sea Islands fell to Union forces. The harbor of Port Royal was attacked by a Federal fleet on 7 November 1861. This laid the entire South Carolina coast, including the Charleston area, vulnerable to Union attack. Charleston was recognized as a vital center by both Union and Confederate forces. As a result, the Civil War brought extensive battles to Charleston. The battle of Burden’s Causeway (discussed below) was a week long skirmish in July 1864 located south the project tract. There is no other indication in the Civil War Atlas (Davis et al. 1978) that Johns Island was directly impacted by the war. Instead,

28 neighboring James Island felt the brunt of the armies, and had the bulk of the fortifications. Most planters on Johns Island evacuated their land when the Island was deemed indefensible by the Confederate forces. The main impact of that war on Johns Island was social and economic upheaval. Union Army foraging parties took or destroyed food, seed, and livestock, and slaves were set free.

The Civil War effectively destroyed the plantation system in South Carolina and the rest of the South. This meant profound changes for the County both economically and socially. The antebellum economic system disintegrated as a result of emancipation and the physical destruction of agricultural property through neglect and (to a lesser extent) military action. A constricted money supply coupled with huge debt made the readjustments worse. The changes were enormous. Land ownership was reshuffled, as outsiders began purchasing plots and former plantations which had been abandoned in the wake of the Civil War. The former slaves often exercised their freedom by moving, making the labor situation even more unsettled.

One result of this migration was a variety of labor systems for whites as well as freed African Americans; this fostered an period of experimentation and redefinition in the socio-economic relationships between the freed African Americans and white landowners. The Reconstruction period also witnessed a drastic increase in the number of farms and a drastic decrease in average farm size as predominately white landowners began selling and/or renting portions of their holdings. On Johns Island, for example, the number of farms increased from 61 in 1860 to 400 in 1870 (Fick 1989:28). Sea Island cotton continued to be grown on Johns Island into the early twentieth century, though the arrival of the boll weevil in the 1910s effectively killed the crop.

Truck farming also began to emerge during the late nineteenth century. Johns Island farmers began growing produce such as vegetables for outside markets beginning in the 1870s and 1880s, and it continued to grow in significance into the early twentieth century. In 1916, the Seaboard Coast Line Railroad established a branch across the Stono River to Johns Island, primarily to service the growing number of truck farms.

The substantial African American majority on Johns Island, dating from the plantation period of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, continued after the Civil War. Shifts in settlement related to plantation reorganization apparently occurred throughout Johns Island and the Lowcountry. Following the Civil War, there was a movement away from the traditional nucleated plantation village toward a more dispersed pattern of tenant farms with varying degrees of independence from the planter/landowner. According to Prunty (1955:470), the critical factor

29 determining the extent of settlement distribution was the control and ownership of working livestock, agricultural implements, and housing. The nucleated form of settlement found on antebellum plantations continued to predominate until freedmen acquired: (1) freedom from direct control and continuous supervision, (2) their own homes in proximity to crop land at least functionally, if not nominally, under their control, and (3) use and control of mules. As these aspects of freedom were slowly realized, freed blacks were able to move away from the plantation village complex and occupy outlying tracts within the planter's holdings.

As the former slaves gained their freedom they began to form communities and establish institutions. The churches formed by the freedmen were the most visible result, and many of these buildings are still standing. Conditions for the black farmers continued to be difficult throughout the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, though. In the wake of World War I, many blacks from Johns Island and throughout the South began to migrate to the North, seeking employment and more favorable social and political conditions.

Despite this migration, Johns Island has maintained its African American majority in the years since World War II. In the face of the increasing pace of suburbanization throughout the Charleston area, Johns Island has remained a rural area, populated mostly by small farms.

A Brief Overview of the Project Tract

The Stono View tract is known historically as Waterloo Plantation. Between 1697 and 1719, John Raven obtained three grants of land that ultimately became Waterloo Plantation. By the time of the , Raven’s 570 hectare plantation devolved to a descendent, John Raven Mathews (Jordan and Stringfellow 1998:234-237).

Andrew Milne obtained Waterloo Plantation in the 1820s, but it is not clear if he purchased the land or obtained it through inheritance. He sold the land to two brothers, Thomas H. and Isaac P. Grimball in 1853 (Charleston County Deed Book [CCDB] Z 12:66). By 1860, Isaac P. Grimball was the sole proprietor. According to the US Census of 1860, Grimball owned 75 slaves and had 21 slave houses on his 1,000 acre Johns Island tract. The present project tract is part of the eastern portion of Grimball’s Waterloo Plantation. Figure 5 presents the approximate location of the project tract on the 1825 Mills’ map of Charleston County.

30 Approximate Location of the Project Tract

North

Stono View Tract 0 2 miles

Figure 5. The approximate location of the project tract on the 1825 Mill’s map of Charleston County. 31 In July 1864, Federal and Confederate troops met during a week long skirmish south and east of the project tract. Some 4,500 Federals, including several African-American regiments, pushed their way up River Road on the east side of Johns Island. Supported by Federal gunboats on the Stono, they attempted to test Confederate resolve and possibly cross to the mainland at one of the plantation landings. Near Waterloo Plantation, Federal troops met 1,500 Confederate soldiers dug in behind old rice field levees on both sides of the road. The two sides exchanged musketry and cannon fire for a week, yet neither moved. The Federal effort was part of a larger attempt to take Charleston that summer, and included as assault on Fort Johnson on James Island. The Federal assault on Ft. Johnson failed on 4 July 1864. Several days later, on the night of 9 July 1864, the gunboats evacuated the Federal troops. The fight became known as the Battle of Burden’s Causeway (Jordan and Stringfellow 1998:147-148, 249).

After losing their house in the fighting, the Grimballs lived at Waterloo in a structure they built from two former slave cabins. Between 1880 and 1895, Isaac Grimball leased the land to Frank Hymes, a freedman (Jordan and Stringfellow 1998:154, 270). Sometime around the turn of the century, Robert McFadden purchased the property. After his death, McFadden’s daughter, Eliza A. Williams, sold the land to C. Deas Gadsden on 8 March 1918 (CCDB U28:74). On the same day Gadsden conveyed the land to David G. and Charles S. Dwight (CCDB U28:75). Charles S. Dwight purchased one half interest from David G. Dwight on 25 January 1928 (CCDB B34:183), and another one half interest from Susan C. Dwight on 16 March 1933 (CCDB X36:165).

Charles S. Dwight subdivided the land, and sold the project tract to Edmund G. Simons on 19 September 1940 (CCDB I41:644). On 12 January 1944, the project tract was conveyed to Daniel Stonewall Taylor (T43:631). Then M. Alice and Daniel Stonewall Taylor conveyed the land to Albert R. Rudisill (N53:501). Lula C. Anderson purchased the property on 15 May 1953 (V56:369).

After Lula C. Anderson purchased the property, the land was subdivided into five parcels. Two parcels are part of the project tract. Lula C. Anderson sold one of the parcels (tax map number 315-00-00-047) containing 0.41 hectares, to her son, William S. Anderson Jr. on 29 January 1962 (CCDB D78:124). Anderson conveyed the property to Johnson Hagood III, Susan R. Williams, and the Brandt Investment Company LLC on 15 September 1998 (CCDB A311:807). William S. Anderson, Jr. and T. Bissell Anderson inherited the second parcel (tax map number 315-00-00-012) containing 50.7 hectares, when Lula C. Anderson and her husband, William S. Anderson, Sr. died (CCDB U253:531). William S. Anderson, Jr. and T. Bissell Anderson conveyed the land to Johnson Hagood III, Susan R. Williams, and the Brandt Investment Company LLC on 15 September 1998

32 (CCDB A311:798). Finally on 15 February 1999, the land was conveyed to the Pod, LLC (CCDB 320:615).

Previous Investigations

The state archaeological site files at the SCIAA and the NRHP listings at the SCDAH were inspected for archaeological sites and previous investigations on or near the project tract. No studies have been conducted and no archaeological sites or historic architectural resources are recorded within the project tract. However, one listed NRHP property, six archaeological sites (38CH473, 38CH1497, 38CH1656, 38CH2046, 38CH2047, and 38CH2048), seven historic architectural resources, and the Burden Creek battleground are located within 1.6 kilometers of the Stono View tract (see Figure 1). These sites are described in detail below.

NRHP listed property, Fenwick Hall is located within 1.6 kilometers north of the project tract (see Figure 1). This property contains numerous historic resources, including the Fenwick Hall main house (38CH84/257 0016) and associated outbuildings, as well as several contributing archaeological sites and landscape features associated with the former plantation settlement (Bailey 2001).

Wheaton et al. (1997) recorded 38CH1656, a multi-component Mississippian period and eighteenth/twentieth century site located approximately 1.4 kilometers north of the project tract. The site contains the remains of a brick kiln, evidence of an eighteenth century domestic occupation, and a modern refuse dump. Site 38CH1656 is potentially eligible for the NRHP.

South and Hartley (1984) identified site 38CH473 1.2 kilometers south of the project tract. The site contains a seventeenth/nineteenth century settlement. Site 38CH473 is potentially eligible for NRHP.

Site 38CH1497 is an unidentified underwater site located in the Stono river, approximately 0.5 kilometers east of the project tract. No assessment of eligibility has been made.

Sipes and Ellerbee (2005) conducted cultural resources survey of the Shade Tree tract located approximately 1.4 kilometers to the west of the project tract. Sipes and Ellerbee (2005) identified eight sites at the Shade Tree tract. Three of the sites (38CH2046, 38CH2047, and

33 38CH2048) are located within 1.6 kilometers of the project tract. Sites 38CH2046 and 38CH2047 are recommended not eligible for the NRHP. Site 38CH2048 is the eighteenth/nineteenth century Cane Slash plantation and is recommended potentially eligible for the NRHP.

Fick et al.(1989) conducted NRHP assessment of Historic Properties on James Island and Johns Island, Charleston County. Seven assessed properties are located within 1.6 kilometers of the project tract. Seven Oaks plantation (297 1383) is eligible for the NRHP. Gibbes house ruins (297 1425) is potentially eligible for the NRHP. Resources 297 1384, 2971385, 297 1386, 297 1387, and 297 1428 are recommended not eligible for the NRHP.

Banta (1995) identified four locations associated the Burden Creek Union lines during July 1864 located approximately 1.2 kilometers to the south of the project tract. No designation has been given to these locations or an earthworks located 1.4 kilometers south of the project tract (see Figure 1).

It should be noted that the Stono View tract is located approximately 1.3 kilometers south and west of the Fenwick Hall NRHP boundary, and is well outside of the Fenwick Hall view shed. The two tracts are separated by numerous residential and commercial developments, as well as large wooded buffers. As such, the development of the Shade Tree tract will not affect the Fenwick Hall NRHP property.

34 Chapter III. Results and Recommendations

Results of the Investigations

Investigators identified two archaeological sites (38CH2069 and 38CH2070) during the cultural resources survey of the Stono View Tract. Figures 1 and 3 display the project tract and locations of these cultural resources. Descriptions of the cultural resources follow.

Site 38CH2069 Cultural Affiliation -Unknown Pre-Contact; nineteenth century Site Type - subsurface artifact scatter, isolated find Site Dimensions - 45 by 15 meters Soil Type - Seabrook fine sand Elevation - 4 meters Nearest Water Source - Stono River Present Vegetation - Young Hardwoods NRHP Recommendations - Not Eligible / no further work

Site 38CH2069 is a subsurface scatter of Pre-Contact and Post-Contact artifacts measuring 45 by 15 meters. The site is located in on a ridge running north and south adjacent to a large plain of forest and salt marsh stretching approximately 1.5 kilometers east to the Stono River. An unnamed dirt road lies north of the site along the northern project tract boundary. Figure 6 presents a plan and view of 38CH2069.

Investigators excavated 29 shovel tests in and around site 38CH2069; six (20 percent) of these shovel tests produced artifacts. Soils consisted of Seabrook fine sand. Soils encountered in shovel tests excavated at the site consisted of a light brown fine sand 0-40 cm bs (below surface) underlain by a yellow fine sand 40-80 cm bs. Metal detecting in and around the site encountered no metal artifacts.

Investigators recovered nine artifacts from 38CH2069. These artifacts include five residual sherds, two plain body sherds, one eroded body sherd, and one undecorated whiteware sherd.

35 North

38CH2069 Positive Shovel Test Negative Shovel Test 0 20 meters

Field

Dirt Road Slope

Young Ditch 6.1 Hardwoods

Project Tract Boundary 7.1

5.1

4.1

3.1 Slope Site Boundary

2.1

Young Hardwoods

Figure 6. Plan and view of site 38CH2069. 36 The artifacts recovered at site 38CH2069 are likely associated with an unknown Pre-Contact camp site or short term activity area. Artifacts were widely scattered with no dense concentrations encountered.

We assessed site 38CH2069 with respect to Criterion D, its ability to add significantly to our understanding of the history of the region. Artifact density at the site is relatively low, with no evidence of intact cultural deposits. Generally, the artifacts are very small (less than 3.0 cm in maximum dimension). Years of intensive agriculture have scattered and mixed the cultural deposits at the site while causing extensive damage and wear to the artifacts. These factors suggest that this site does not have the potential to contain a substantial artifact assemblage and/or intact cultural features. Additional investigation of 38CH2069 is unlikely to generate information concerning the unknown Pre-Contact and nineteenth century presence presented above. The site cannot generate additional information concerning the past settlement patterns or land use practices in Charleston County. Therefore, we recommend 38CH2069 not eligible for the NRHP. Additional management of this site is not warranted.

Site 38CH2070 Cultural Affiliation - Eighteenth/Nineteenth century Site Type - subsurface artifact scatter Site Dimensions -20 by 15 meters Soil Type - Seabrook loamy fine sand Elevation - 4 meters Nearest Water Source -Stono River Present Vegetation - Fallow field NRHP Recommendations - Not Eligible / no further work

Site 38CH2070 is a small subsurface artifact scatter measuring 20 by 15 meters, located on a ridge running north/south approximately 120 meters east of River Road. Two occupied houses are located adjacent to the site, off the project tract. One is located to the north of the site and is less than fifty years old. The house to the south is identified as historic architectural resource 297 1385 and was determined not eligible for the NRHP (Fick et al. 1989). Figure 7 presents a plan and view of site 38CH2070.

Investigators excavated 21 shovel tests in and around site 38CH2070. Seven shovel tests produced artifacts, four of the shovel tests were excavated in locations identified during metal detector survey. Soils consisted of Seabrook loamy fine sand. Soils encountered in shovel tests

37 D irt Roa

Mixed Pines and Hardwoods d

Project Tract Boundary

5.1 2.1 Site Boundary

Dirt Road 6.1 8.1 3.1 7.1

Old Field 4.1

Dirt Road

Project Tract Boundary

Old Field

Mixed Pines and Hardwoods

North

38CH2070 Positive Shovel Test Negative Shovel Test Metal Detection 0 15 meters

Figure 7. Plan and view of site 38CH2070. 38 excavated at the site consisted of a light brown fine sand 0-40 cm bs (below surface) underlain by a yellow fine sand 40-80 cm.

Investigators recovered 20 artifacts from 38CH2070, including five whiteware sherds, two creamware sherds, two pearlware sherds, one colonoware sherd, two kaolin pipe fragments, one olive green bottle glass fragment, one milk glass fragment, one aqua bottle glass fragment, three clear bottle glass fragments, one aqua flat glass fragments, 5 grams of oyster fragments, and 101 grams of brick. No subsurface features were observed during shovel testing. The site does not contain areas of high artifact concentrations indicative of intact cultural deposits.

The artifacts recovered from the site are associated with eighteenth and nineteenth century occupations. Unfortunately, artifacts are generally very small and widely scattered. The site likely represents an activity area associated with nearby plantations or a nearby site.

We assessed site 38CH2070 with respect to Criterion D, its ability to add significantly to our understanding of the history of the region. Artifact density of the site was very low, with no evidence of intact cultural deposits. Generally, the artifacts are very small (less than 3.0 cm in maximum dimension). These factors suggest that this site does not have the potential to contain a substantial artifact assemblage and/or intact cultural features. Additional investigation of 38CH2070 is unlikely to generate information concerning the eighteenth/nineteenth century presence presented above. The site cannot generate additional information concerning the past settlement patterns or land use practices in Charleston County. Therefore, we recommend 38CH2070 not eligible for the NRHP. Additional management of this site is not warranted.

Project Summary and Management Recommendations

Archaeologists identified two sites (38CH2069 and 38CH2070) during the cultural resources survey of the Stono View Tract. These sites lack the potential to contribute meaningful information concerning the Pre-Contact or Post-Contact occupation of the project tract or region beyond that recovered to date. We recommend 38CH2069 and 38CH2070 not eligible for the NRHP. No extant buildings or structures are present on the project tract. No historic properties are recorded on or adjacent to the project tract. Further management consideration of the Stono View Tract with regard to cultural resources is not warranted.

39 References Cited

Anderson, David G. 1977 A History of Prehistoric Archaeological Investigations in the Coastal Plain of South Carolina. South Carolina Antiquities 9(2):1-32.

1985 The Internal Organization and Operation of Chiefdom Level Societies on the Southeastern Atlantic Slope: An Explanation of Ethnohistoric Sources. South Carolina Antiquities 17:35-69.

1989 The Mississippian in South Carolina. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology, edited by Albert C. Goodyear, III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 101-132. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia.

Anderson, David G. and Glen T. Hanson 1988 Early Archaic Settlement in the Southeastern United States: A Case Study from the Savannah River Basin. American Antiquity 53:262-286.

Anderson, David G. and Patricia A. Logan 1981 Francis Marion National Forest Cultural Resources Overview. US Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Columbia, South Carolina.

Anderson, David G., Charles E. Cantley, and A. Lee Novick 1982 The Mattassee Lake Sites: Archaeological Investigations along the Lower Santee River in the Coastal Plain of South Carolina. US Department of the Interior, National Park Service, Southeast Regional Office, Atlanta.

Anderson, David G., John S. Cable, Niels Taylor, and Christopher Judge (editors) 1996 Indian Pottery of the Carolinas: Observations from the March 1996 Ceramic Workshop at Hobcaw Barony. Council of South Carolina Professional Archaeologists in association with the South Carolina Department of Archives and History, Columbia, South Carolina.

Anderson, David G. and Robert C. Mainfort, Jr. (editors) 2002 The Woodland Southeast. University of Press, Tuscaloosa and London.

Bailey, Ralph, Jr. 2001 Cultural Resources Survey and Archaeological Testing of the Fenwick FHP Tract Johns Island, South Carolina. Prepared for Laplante Associates, Kiawah Island, South Carolina.

Barry, John M. 1980 Natural Vegetation of South Carolina. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

40 Blanton, Dennis B., and Kenneth E. Sassaman 1989 Pattern and Process in the Middle Archaic Period in South Carolina. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology, edited by Albert C. Goodyear, III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 53- 72. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia.

Blanton, Dennis B, Christopher T. Espenshade, and Paul E. Brockington, Jr. 1986 An Archaeological Study of 38SU83: A Yadkin Phase Site in the Upper Coastal Plain of South Carolina. Prepared for the South Carolina Department of Transportation, Columbia.

Braun, E. Lucy 1950 Deciduous Forests of Eastern North America. Hafner, New York.

Brennan, Patrick 1996 Secessionville: Assault on Charleston. Savas Publishing Co., Campbell, California.

Brooks, M.J., P.A. Stone, D.J. Colquhoun and J.G. Brown 1989 Sea Level Change, Estuarine Development and Temporal Variability in Woodland Period Subsistence-Settlement Patterning on the Lower Coastal Plain of South Carolina. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology, edited by Albert C. Goodyear, III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 91-100. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia.

Brown, Ann R. 1982 Historic Ceramic Typology. Delaware Department of Transportation, Division of Highways, Dover.

Bulter, Scott, Joshua N. Fletcher and Michael P. Hendrix 2001 Cultural Resource Survey of the Grimball Farm Tract, Charleston County, South Carolina. Brockington and Associates. Charleston, South Carolina.

Burton, E. Milby 1970 The , 1861-1865. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Butler, William B. 1987 Significance and Other Frustrations in the CRM Process. American Antiquity 53:820- 829.

Caldwell, Joseph R. 1958 Trend and Tradition in the Prehistory of the Eastern United States. Memoirs of the American Anthropological Association 88.

41 Chaplin, Joyce E. 1993 An Anxious Pursuit: Agricultural Innovation and Modernity in the Lower South, 1730- 1815. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.

Charleston City Directory 1790 On file at the South Carolina Historical Society.

Charleston County Census 1830 On file at the South Carolina Historical Society.

Charleston County South Carolina Register of Mesne Conveyance Office Deed Books n.d. Located in the Office of the Register Mesne Conveyance. Charleston.

Charleston County South Carolina Register of Mesne Conveyance Plat Books. n.d. Located in the Office of the Register Mesne Conveyance. Charleston.

City Gazette. n.d. Located in the South Carolina Historical Society.

Claggett, Stephen R. and John S. Cable, compilers 1982 The Haw River Sites: Archaeological Investigations at Two Stratified Sites in the North Carolina Piedmont. Prepared for the US Army Corps of Engineers, Wilmington District, Wilmington, North Carolina.

Clean Water Act 1948 Section 404, 33 USC 1344, as amended.

Coastal Zone Management Act 1972 16 USC 1451 seq.

1976 Chapter 39, Title 48, SC Code

Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 15 CFR 930: Federal Consistency with Approved Coastal Management Programs.

38 CFR 800: Protection of Historic Properties

38 CFR 60: National Register of Historic Places.

Coe, Joffre L. 1964 Formative Cultures of the Carolina Piedmont. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 54(5).

42 Colquhoun, Donald J. and Mark J. Brooks 1986 New Evidence for Eustatic Components in Late Holocene Sea Levels. Geoarchaeology 3:275-291.

Colquhoun, Donald J. and H.S. Johnson 1974 Cyclic Surficial Strigraphic Units of the Middle and Lower Coastal Plain, Central South Carolina. In Post-Miocene Stratigraphy, Central and Southern Atlantic Coastal Plain, edited by R.Q. Oaks and J.R. Dunbar, pp. 179-190. Utah University Press, Logan.

Colquhoun, Donald R., Mark J. Brooks, James L. Michie, William B. Abbott, Frank W. Stapor, Walter H.Newman, and Richard R. Pardi 1981 Location of Archaeological Sites with Respect to Sea Level in the Southeastern United States. In Striae, Florilegiem Florinis Dedicatum 14, edited by L.K. Kenigsson and K. Paabo, pp. 144-150.

Cooke, C.W. 1936 Geology of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina. United States Geological Survey Bulletin 867. Washington, DC.

1943 Geology of the Coastal Plain of Georgia. United States Geological Bulletin 941. Washington DC.

Crook, Morgan R., Jr. 1986 Mississippi Period Archaeology of the Georgia Coastal Zone. The University of G. Georgia Laboratory of Archaeology, Georgia Archaeological Research Design Papers 1. Athens.

Cushion, John P. 1972 Pottery and Porcelain. Hearst Books, New York.

Davis, Joe and Debra Martin 1985 SCIAA site form 38CH819.

Davis, George B., Leslie J. Perry, and Joseph W. Kirkley 1978 The Official Military Atlas of the Civil War. The Fairfax Press, New York. Reprint of the 1891-1895 editions.

DeBolt, C. Gerald 1988 The Dictionary of American Pottery Marks: Whiteware and Porcelain. Charles E. Tuttle, Rutland, Vermont.

43 DePratter, Chester B. 1979 Ceramics. In The Anthropology of St. Catherines Island 2: The Refuge-Deptford Mortuary Complex, edited by D. H. Thomas and C. S. Larson, pp. 109-132. Anthropological Papers of the American Museum of Natural History 56 (1).

DePratter, Chester B. 1989 Cofitachequi: Ethnohistorical and Archaeological Evidence. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology: Essays in Honor of Dr. Robert L. Stephenson, edited by Albert C. Goodyear, III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 133-156. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology, University of South Carolina, Anthropological Studies.

Dobyns, Henry F. 1983 Their Number Became Thinned: Native American Population Dynamics in Eastern North America. University of Tennessee Press, Knoxville.

Drucker, Lesley M. and Susan Jackson 1984 Shell in Motion: An Archaeological Study of Minim Island National Register Site, Georgetown County, South Carolina. Carolina Archaeological Services Resources Studies Series 73. Columbia, South Carolina.

Dubar, J.R., H.S. Johnson, Jr., B. Thom, and W.O. Hatchell 1974 Neogene Stratigraphy and Morphology, South Flank of the Cape Fear Arch, North and South Carolina. In Post-Miocene Stratigraphy, Central and Southern Atlantic Coastal Plain, edited by R.Q. Oaks and J.R. Dubar, pp. 139-173. Utah University Press, Logan.

Dutton, Clarence Edward 1890 The Charleston Earthquake of August 31 1886. US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.

Edgar, Walter and Bailey, N. Louise 1977 Biographical Directory of the South Carolina House of Representatives, Volume IV, 1692-1795. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Espenshade, Christopher T. 1986 Climbing on the Macro Band Wagon. Paper presented at the Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Anthropological Society for South Carolina. Columbia.

1990 The Early Woodland Ceramics from the Minim Island Site (38GE46), Georgetown County, South Carolina. Paper presented at the Sixteenth Conference on South Carolina Archaeology. Columbia.

44 Espenshade, Christopher T. and Paul E. Brockington, Jr. (compilers) 1989 An Archaeological Study of the Minim Island Site: Early Woodland Dynamics in Coastal South Carolina. Prepared for the US Army Corps of Engineers, Charleston District. Charleston, South Carolina.

Espenshade, Christopher T., Linda Kennedy, Bobby G. Southerlin 1994 What is a Shell Midden? Data Recovery Excavations of Thom’s Creek and Deptford Shell Middens, 38BU2, Spring Island, South Carolina. Prepared for Spring Island Plantation, Beaufort, South Carolina by Brockington and Associates, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia.

Estate Book of Dr. Thomas Legare. 1863 Unpublished manuscript located in the South Carolina Historical Society. Charleston.

Ferguson, Leland G. 1971 South Appalachian Mississippian. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

1975 Mississippian Artifacts and Geography. Paper presented at the 1975 meeting of the Southern Anthropology Society, Clearwater Beach, Florida.

Fetters, Thomas 1990 Logging Railroads of South Carolina. Heimburger Publishing, Forest Park, Illinois.

Fick, Sarah 1989 James Island & Johns Island Historical Survey. Preservation Consultants, Inc.

1992 Charleston County Historical & Architectural Survey. Preservation Consultants, Inc.

Fraser, Walter J. 1989 Charleston! Charleston! The History of a Southern City. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Gibbon, John. 1860 The Artillerist’s Manual. Reprinted by Greenwood Press. Westport, Connecticut.

Godden, Geoffrey A. 1964 Encyclopedia of British Pottery and Porcelain Marks. Bonanza Books, New York.

Goodyear, Albert C. and Glen T. Hanson 1989 Studies in South Carolina Archaeology.. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology, Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia, South Carolina.

45 Goodyear, Albert C., III, James L. Michie, and Tommy Charles 1989 The Earliest South Carolinians. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology, edited by Albert C. Goodyear, III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 19-52. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia.

Gregorie, Anne K. 1961 Christ Church 1706-1959: A Plantation Parish of the South Carolina Establishment. The Dalcho Historical Society, Charleston.

Griffin, Dorothy G. 1985 The Eighteenth Century Draytons of Drayton Hall. Dissertation submitted to Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia. Copy located at the Charleston County Public Library.

Johnson, John 1890 Map of the Defenses of Charleston Harbor, 1863-65, Compiled from the Official Authorities. Copy is in the Charleston County Public Library, South Carolina Room.

Jordan, Laylon Wayne and Elizabeth H. Stringfellow 1998 A Place Called St. John’s: The Story of John’s, Edisto, Wadmalaw, Kiawah, and Seabrook Islands of South Carolina. The Reprint Company, Spartanburg, South Carolina.

Ketchum, William C. 1983 The Knopf Collector’s Guides to American Antiques: Pottery and Porcelain. Alfred A. Knopf, New York.

Kovacik, Charles F. and John J. Winberry 1987 South Carolina: The Making of a Landscape. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Kovel, Ralph M. and Terry H. Kovel 1953 Dictionary of Marks: Pottery and Porcelain. Crown Publishers, New York.

1986 Kovel’s New Dictionary of Marks: Pottery and Porcelain, 1850 to the Present. Crown Publishers, New York.

Lumpkin, Henry 1981 From Savannah to Yorktown: The American Revolution in the South. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Martin, Debra and Joe Davis 1985 SCIAA site form 38CH818.

46 Miller, E.N. 1971 Soil Survey of Charleston County. US Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, Washington, DC.

Miller, George L. 1980 Classification and Economic Scaling of Nineteenth Century Ceramics. Historical Archaeology 14:1-40.

National Historic Preservation Act 1966 16 USC 470, as amended through 1992.

Nelson, Lee H. 1968 Nail Chronology as an Aid to Dating Old Buildings. US Department of the Interior, Park Service Technical Leaflet 48. Washington, DC.

Nöel Hume, Ivor 1970 A Guide to Artifacts of Colonial America. Alfred A. Knopf, New York.

Official Records of the War of the Rebellion 1901 Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.

Poplin, Eric C., Kara Bridgman, and Patrick Sievert 2002 Archaeological Investigations of 38CH1025 at the Pointe at River Towne County Club, Mount Pleasant, South Carolina. Prepared for Associated Developers, Inc. Newport News, Virginia.

Poplin, Eric C., Christopher C. Espenshade, and David C. Jones 1993 Archaeological Investigations at the Buck Hall Site (38CH644), Francis Marion National Forest, South Carolina. Prepared for the US Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Columbia.

Quarterman, Elsie and Katherine Keever 1962 Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest: Climax in the Southeastern Coastal Plain. Ecological Monographs 32:167-185.

Ramenofsky, Anne P. 1982 The Archaeology of Population Collapse: Native American Response to the Introduction of Infectious Disease. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle.

47 Savage, Beth L. and Sarah Dillard Pope 1998 National Register Bulletin: How to Apply the National Register Criteria for Evaluation. US Department of Interior, National Park Service, Interagency Resources Division, Washington DC.

Shelford, V. E. 1963 The Ecology of North America. University of Illinois Press, Urbana.

Sherfy, Marcella, and W. Ray Luce n.d. National Register Bulletin 22: Guidelines for Evaluating and Nominating Properties that Have Achieved Significance in the Last Fifty Years. US Department of Interior, National Park Service, Interagency Resources Division, Washington, DC.

Sipes, Eric and Jason Ellerbee 2005 Cultural Resources Survey of the Shade Tree Tract Charleston County, South Carolina. Prepared fro HLA, inc. Charleston, South Carolina.

Smith, Marvin T. 1984 Depopulation and Culture Change in the Early Historic Period Interior Southeast. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, Gainesville.

South, Stanley 1973 The Indian Pottery Taxonomy for the South Carolina Coast. The University of South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Notebook 5:54-55. Columbia.

1977 Method and Theory in Historical Archaeology. Academic Press, New York.

South Carolina Department of Archives and History 2000 Guidelines and Standards for Archaeological Investigations. State Historic Preservation Office, Review and Compliance Branch, Columbia.

Swanton, John R. 1952 The Indian Tribes of North America. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 145. Smithsonian Institution, Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.

Townsend, Jan, John H. Sprinkle, Jr., and John Koernl 1993 National Register Bulletin 36: Guidelines for Evaluating and Registering Historical Archaeological Sites and Districts. US Department of Interior, National Park Service, Interagency Resources Division, Washington DC.

Trinkley, Michael 1976 Archaeological Testing of SoCv282, Jenkins Island, South Carolina. In Southern Indian Studies Volume 28, pp. 3-24.

48 1980 Investigations of the Woodland Period Along the South Carolina Coast. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

1981 The Jeremy-Pee Dee Ceramic Series Along the South Carolina Coast. South Carolina Antiquities 13(1-2):1-12.

1989 An Archaeological Overview of the South Carolina Woodland Period: It's the Same Old Riddle. In Studies in South Carolina Archaeology, edited by Albert C. Goodyear III and Glen T. Hanson, pp. 73-90. South Carolina Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology Anthropological Studies 9. Columbia.

1990 An Archaeological Context for the South Carolina Woodland Period. Chicora Foundation Research Series 22. Columbia, South Carolina.

Waddell, Eugene 1980 Indians of the South Carolina Low Country, 1562-1751. The Reprint Company, Spartanburg, South Carolina.

Watts, W.A. 1970 The Full Glacial Vegetation of Northern Georgia. Ecology 51(1).

1980 Late Quaternary Vegetation History at White Pond on the Inner Coastal Plain of South Carolina. Quaternary Research 10.

Whitehead, Donald R. 1965 Palynology and Pleistocene Phytogeography of Unglaciated Eastern North America. In The Quaternary of the United States, edited by H.E. Wright., Jr. and D.G. Frey. Princeton University Press, Princeton.

1973 Late Wisconsin Vegetational Changes in Unglaciated Eastern North America. Quaternary Research 3:621-631.

Willey, Gordon R. and Philip Phillips 1958 Method and Theory in American Archaeology. University of Chicago Press,Chicago.

Williams, Mark J., and Gary Shapiro 1990 Lamar Archaeology. University of Alabama Press.

Winker, D., and J.D. Howard 1977 Correlation of Tectonically Deformed Shorelines on the Southern Atlantic Coastal Plain. Geology 5(2):123-127.

49 Wood, Peter H. 1974 Black Majority, Negroes in Colonial South Carolina from 1670 through the Stono Rebellion. Norton, New York.

50 Appendix A.

Artifact Inventory

Appendix B.

Resumes of the Project Principals

APPENDIX H

Endangered Species Report